Quarterlytics / Consumer Cyclical / Specialty Retail / Liquidity Services, Inc.

Liquidity Services, Inc.

lqdt · NASDAQ Consumer Cyclical
Claim this profile
Ticker lqdt
Exchange NASDAQ
Sector Consumer Cyclical
Industry Specialty Retail
Employees 781
← All annual reports
FY2016 Annual Report · Liquidity Services, Inc.
Sign in to download
Loading PDF…
Liquidity Services provides clients with global coverage for their 

reverse supply chain needs. With 44 locations in 19 countries and 

buyers in nearly 200 countries and territories, we can manage, value, 

and sell your surplus assets virtually anywhere in the world.

2016 

Annual Report

Building a Better 
Future for Surplus

United States

New Castle, DE 

Anaheim, CA 

Atlanta, GA (2)

East  Brunswick, NJ

Fontana, CA 

Fort Worth, TX 

Frisco, TX 

Garland, TX 

Groveport, OH 

Hayward, CA 

Houston, TX 

Lockbourne, OH 

Montgomery, AL 

Nashville, TN  

North Las Vegas, NV 

North Wilkesboro, NC

Oklahoma City, OK 

Owings Mills, MD 

Plainfield, IN 

Scottsdale, AZ 

Washington, DC

Argentina*

Buenos Aires

Australia

Victoria

*Locations of committed strategic partners

Canada

Brampton, ON 

China

Hong Kong

Shanghai

Colombia*

Bogota

Costa Rica*

Heredia 

Ecuador*

Quito

France

Vanves

Germany

Munich

Ireland*

Dublin

 Malaysia

Kuala Lumpur

Peru*

Surco

South Korea*

Seoul

Philippines

Muntinlupa City

Spain

Barcelona

Singapore

Singapore

United Kingdom

Birmingham

Leeds

London

South Africa*

Cape Town

Johannesburg

About Liquidity Services

Liquidity Services (NASDAQ: LQDT) works with clients to ensure surplus is intelligently transformed from a burden into a 

liquid opportunity that fuels the achievement of strategic goals. Our superior service, unmatched scale, and ability to deliver 

results enable us to forge trusted, long-term relationships with over 9,000 clients, including Fortune 1000 and Global 500 

organizations as well as government agencies. With over $6 billion in completed transactions, 3 million registered buyers, 

and reach into almost 200 countries and territories, we are the proven market leader in delivering smart surplus solutions.

North America: 844.704.0367 

Info@LiquidityServices.com

Europe: 800.2007.0312 

Asia Pacific: 800.1408.1960

LS0278_0117

LiquidityServices.com

A LETTER TO SHAREHOLDERS

Fellow shareholders:

Our business was founded to transform the underserved reverse supply chain market and create 
value for all constituencies – sellers, buyers, and our planet – by enabling the world to better 
manage surplus assets with transparency, compliance, and convenience. By making it easy for end 
users, entrepreneurs, and small businesses to securely connect with the millions of surplus and idle 
assets residing in the world’s supply chains, everybody wins.

Another rewarding aspect of our business is its positive 
impact on the environment. In April we celebrated  
Earth Day’s 46th anniversary by recognizing how our 
global online marketplaces play a critical role in zero-
waste initiatives. This year we eclipsed the cumulative 
sale of over 3 billion pounds of scrap material, diverting 
material that might have otherwise been destined  
for landfills. 

Indeed, our use of technology, robust marketplaces, 
valuation data, and integrated services has allowed our 
team to advance our mission and develop the leading 
reverse supply solution. Our tagline “A Better Future for 
Surplus” reinforces our purpose and in this Annual Report 
we celebrate how we are providing meaningful solutions 
to diverse clients across the $130 billion global reverse 
supply chain market. 

With 3 million registered buyers, a large and growing 
roster of blue-chip clients, and over $6 billion in gross 
merchandise volume (GMV) sold, Liquidity Services is the 
unrivaled leader in the reverse supply chain market, with 
unmatched expertise to intelligently manage, value, and 
sell assets. The breadth and liquidity of our marketplace 
was on display during FY16:

•  On behalf of over 9,000 clients we completed 574,000 

transactions totaling $642 million in GMV. 

•  Assets sold spanned approximately 500 individual 
asset categories in many key industry verticals, 
including: Energy, Government, Industrial, Retail, and 
Transportation.

•  Sales took place from client locations across  

North America, Africa, Asia, Australia, Europe, and  
South America.

•  Buyers hailed from around the globe and purchased 
assets in new, used, salvage, and scrap conditions. 

Our Strategy

We are well positioned to serve any seller for virtually any 
asset type across every major industry sector. To further 
capture this large addressable market, we are focused 
on growing the size and scale of our global e-commerce 
solution to better serve and create enhanced value for 
retailers, manufacturers, and government agencies with 
the following key priorities:

•  Grow the volume transacted on our e-commerce 

platform in our core industry verticals with both large 
Global 5000 and small and middle market organizations;

•  Grow our market share by providing flexible service 
offerings and pricing models suited to individual  
client needs;

•  Provide full asset lifecycle solutions to leverage our 
marketplaces from initial purchase of new assets to 
final disposition of used assets;

•  Expand our ecosystem of partners who capture value 

by leveraging our e-commerce platform, buyer liquidity, 
and data; and

•  Execute our LiquidityOne transformation program 

to enable new functionality and greater efficiencies 
through the development of our new e-commerce 
platform, financial systems, and back office 
infrastructure. 

FY16 Results

Our results for fiscal year 2016, while disappointing 
due to the impact of lower commodity prices and the 
transitioning of selected retail and Department of Defense 
(DoD) contracts, reflected our commitment to invest in 
our long-term strategy by expanding our service offerings, 
positioning our commercial marketplaces for accelerated 
growth, and focusing on our seller and buyer experience 

CORPORATE INFORMATION

Executive Officers

William P. Angrick, III

CEO and Chairman of the Board  

of Directors

Jorge Celaya

Executive Vice President and  

Chief Financial Officer

Leoncio Casusol

Chief Information Officer

Michael Sweeney 

Chief Accounting Officer

James M. Rallo

President, Retail Supply  

Chain Group

Gardner Dudley

President, Capital Assets Group

Additional 

Information 

Roger Gravley

President, GovDeals

Mark Shaffer 

VP, General Counsel and  

Corporate Secretary

Mike Lutz

Vice President,  

Human Resources

Board of Directors 

William P. Angrick, III

Chairman of the Board

Phillip A. Clough

Director

George H. Ellis

Director 

Patrick W. Gross

Lead Director 

Beatriz Infante

Director

Edward J. Kolodzieski 

Director

Director

Jaime Mateus-Tique

INVESTOR RELATIONS

Julie Davis 

Senior Director of  

Investor Relations 

Phone: 202.558.6234 

julie.davis@liquidityservices.com

STOCK TRANSFER AGENT

Computershare Trust 

Company, N.A. 

PO Box 43010 

Providence, RI 02940-3010 

Phone: 781.575.4238 

www.computershare.com

CORPORATE SECRETARY

Mark Shaffer 

VP, General Counsel and  

Corporate Secretary

INDEPENDENT 

REGISTERED PUBLIC 

ACCOUNTING FIRM

Ernst & Young LLP 

8484 Westpark Drive 

McLean, VA, 22102 

Phone: 703.747.1000

LiquidityServices.com

through our LiquidityOne transformation strategy. The 
significant investments made in our LiquidityOne initiative 
and in expanding our sales organization had a dampening 
impact on 2016 earnings. However, we are confident in 
our strategy and in the positioning it will provide us in the 
market for the long term.

  buyers throughout the asset ownership lifecycle  

including the management, valuation, and sale of both 
new and used equipment. 

•  We grew our liquidity position to support our growth 
strategy, exiting FY16 with cash of $134.5 million and 
zero financial debt. 

Looking Ahead

As we begin to harvest the investments we are making 
in our people, processes, and platform over the next few 
years, we are excited about the tremendous potential to 
grow our business. We have firmly established ourselves 
as a premier provider in the global reverse supply 
chain market. We have developed an outstanding team 
of professionals dedicated to building and delivering 
innovative solutions that create value for our customers. 
Macro trends in globalization, the growth of e-commerce, 
and increased emphasis on sustainability will drive 
the need for our scalable, global solutions to manage 
reverse supply chain activities and B2B e-commerce 
more generally. Our strategic actions and investments will 
result in a more diversified, scalable business with more 
opportunities for growth and value creation for our long-
term owners.

Our entire team looks forward to working together this 
year to advance our market leadership and strategic 
plan, while maintaining the highest standards of integrity, 
service, and quality for our clients and buying customers.  
We thank our dedicated staff, clients, buyers, and 
shareholders for their trust and support in 2016 and in the 
years ahead.

Sincerely,

William P. Angrick

We also made strong gains in several areas during the 
year, including:

•  Our GovDeals marketplace achieved record results 

fueled by growth in its seller base and expansion into 
the western region of the U.S. and Canada.

•  Our retail supply chain business expanded with 

numerous existing clients, added 10 new significant 
accounts during the year, and sharply grew its  
returns management and refurbishing services with  
the opening of a new flagship service center in  
Garland, TX as well as a redesign of our Las Vegas 
distribution center.

•  Our capital assets business expanded its client base 
and strategic partnerships within the energy vertical, 
which strengthened during the year, recording over 45% 
annual GMV growth in Q4-FY16. We also improved our 
market share by offering flexible pricing models and 
utilizing our global footprint to attract and serve both 
sellers and buyers of industrial assets.

•  We extended our relationship with the DoD with the 
award of an up to five year contract for the sale of 
virtually all DoD scrap materials generated in the U.S.

•  We leveraged our experience completing over 5.5 

million B2B transactions to advance the development 
of our new LiquidityOne platform. This initiative builds 
on best practices and feedback from our customers to 
provide an enhanced marketplace for clients to safely 
and efficiently sell surplus - and for buyers to purchase 
an unmatched selection of business assets from the 
most recognizable sellers across the globe.

•  We expanded our offering with the launch of IronDirect, 

a new marketplace to address the $40 billion U.S. 
construction equipment market1 through a disruptive 
business model designed to unlock more value from 
the existing construction industry supply chain. We will 
serve this new market by supporting suppliers and 

1  Statista

Organizations Have Surplus.  
We Have Solutions.

On average, 20% of an organization’s assets is surplus to its needs*, 

but most businesses struggle to manage this surplus effectively. 

Liquidity Services simplifies surplus with transparency and efficiency 

through proven management, valuation, and sales solutions, 

transforming our clients’ 20% surplus into 100% opportunity.

*(Source: Investment Recovery Association)

We Sell Any Surplus.  
In Any Condition.  
Anywhere in the World.

With 3 million buyers across the globe and over $6 billion in completed 

transactions for clients, Liquidity Services provides the world’s largest 

marketplace for surplus across all asset categories and conditions. 

—  C O R E   VA L U E S  —

—  F E AT U R E D   T R A N S A C T I O N S  —

Surplus Management – Effective 
surplus management can save 
organizations millions through 
redeployment, cost avoidance, and 
efficiencies. We help clients simply and 
effectively manage surplus across their 
organization globally, handling every aspect 
of their programs from sale preparation 
and warehousing to compliance and 
fulfillment or removal. 

Valuation Services – Accurate, timely 
asset appraisals help organizations meet 
financial reporting needs, make asset 
management decisions, and facilitate 
events such as mergers and acquisitions. 
We have the experience and market data 
to deliver efficient valuations that achieve 
our clients’ goals.

Sales Solutions – With a global network 
of 3 million buyers, we sell surplus quickly 
and for the highest possible return. Our 
clients can maximize buyer interest and 
recovery for their surplus through proven 
marketing and sales strategies, from email 
marketing and online advertising to private 
treaty sales and online auctions. 

DID YOU KNOW?

The largest item by dollar figure 
we sold in fiscal year 2016 was  
a scanning electron microscope 
for nearly $4.2 million.

CUSTOMER FOCUS

INNOVATION

Client and buyer 
satisfaction are key to our 
continued success. We seek 
to exceed our customers’ 
expectations every day.

We continually 
seek out, develop, and 
implement new ideas to 
enhance our position as  
industry leader.

—  C A S E   S T U D I E S  —

$70 Million for Multinational Energy Corporation

•  15 year and counting partnership
•  14 countries in which we’ve sold client surplus
•  Managed all aspects of program, from appraisal through removal

Returns Management for Leading Consumer Brand

•  More than 400,000 returned goods processed and sold
•  $60 million original MSRP value of items sold
•  Reduced resources client needs for surplus management

—  W H AT   O U R   C L I E N T S   S AY  —

“Liquidity Services executed the auction and collection  
process in a professional manner, completing it as planned 
and in the timeline requested with no issues. Liquidity 
Services’ team is top-notch and it was a great pleasure to 
work with them to successfully conclude this project.”

$15 Million for Machine  
Tool Assets

•  30,000 page views
•  100 buyers
•  Assets sold and compliantly removed  

within tight six-month timeline

$4 Million for Test &  
Measurement Assets

•  187 bidders from 25 countries across  

four continents

•  $600,000 over recovery expectation
•  100,00 page views and 4,000 total  

bids for 300 assets

—  C A S E   S T U D Y  —

Five-Year Global Partnership  
with Construction and Civil  
Engineering Company

•  $6.3 million and counting in recovery
•  Over 3,300 assets sold
•  Projects executed across eight  

locations in four countries

—  W H AT   O U R   C L I E N T S   S AY  —

DID YOU KNOW?

“The people, the service, the relationship that is built  

on trust make it a partnership. If the folks at Liquidity 

Services say something, I believe it… nothing’s going to 

come up that we can’t work through.”

Ian Colvin, Project Manager at BAE Systems

Leading Oil & Gas Exploration & Production Company

Our marketplaces are segmented 
by industry – including energy, 
government, industrial, retail, and 
transportation – and achieved a 
combined 13 million visitors and 
over 150 million page views.

With our unparalleled marketplace for 
surplus, proven multichannel marketing 
and sales strategies, and services that 
span the spectrum of asset management 
from buyer vetting to asset removal, we 
generate the highest recovery for clients 
while minimizing risk and resource use.

Global Marketplaces 
segmented by industry

13 million  
visitors annually

Over 150 million  
page views

Unique items we sold this past 
fiscal year included:

• Bell Helicopter
• Personal 3D Printers
• Metalworking & 
   Fabrication Facility

Organizations Have Surplus.  
We Have Solutions.

On average, 20% of an organization’s assets is surplus to its needs*, 

but most businesses struggle to manage this surplus effectively. 

Liquidity Services simplifies surplus with transparency and efficiency 

through proven management, valuation, and sales solutions, 

transforming our clients’ 20% surplus into 100% opportunity.

*(Source: Investment Recovery Association)

We Sell Any Surplus.  
In Any Condition.  
Anywhere in the World.

With 3 million buyers across the globe and over $6 billion in completed 

transactions for clients, Liquidity Services provides the world’s largest 

marketplace for surplus across all asset categories and conditions. 

—  C O R E   VA L U E S  —

—  F E AT U R E D   T R A N S A C T I O N S  —

Surplus Management – Effective 
surplus management can save 
organizations millions through 
redeployment, cost avoidance, and 
efficiencies. We help clients simply and 
effectively manage surplus across their 
organization globally, handling every aspect 
of their programs from sale preparation 
and warehousing to compliance and 
fulfillment or removal. 

Valuation Services – Accurate, timely 
asset appraisals help organizations meet 
financial reporting needs, make asset 
management decisions, and facilitate 
events such as mergers and acquisitions. 
We have the experience and market data 
to deliver efficient valuations that achieve 
our clients’ goals.

Sales Solutions – With a global network 
of 3 million buyers, we sell surplus quickly 
and for the highest possible return. Our 
clients can maximize buyer interest and 
recovery for their surplus through proven 
marketing and sales strategies, from email 
marketing and online advertising to private 
treaty sales and online auctions. 

DID YOU KNOW?

The largest item by dollar figure 
we sold in fiscal year 2016 was  
a scanning electron microscope 
for nearly $4.2 million.

CUSTOMER FOCUS

INNOVATION

Client and buyer 
satisfaction are key to our 
continued success. We seek 
to exceed our customers’ 
expectations every day.

We continually 
seek out, develop, and 
implement new ideas to 
enhance our position as  
industry leader.

—  C A S E   S T U D I E S  —

$70 Million for Multinational Energy Corporation

•  15 year and counting partnership
•  14 countries in which we’ve sold client surplus
•  Managed all aspects of program, from appraisal through removal

Returns Management for Leading Consumer Brand

•  More than 400,000 returned goods processed and sold
•  $60 million original MSRP value of items sold
•  Reduced resources client needs for surplus management

—  W H AT   O U R   C L I E N T S   S AY  —

“Liquidity Services executed the auction and collection  
process in a professional manner, completing it as planned 
and in the timeline requested with no issues. Liquidity 
Services’ team is top-notch and it was a great pleasure to 
work with them to successfully conclude this project.”

$15 Million for Machine  
Tool Assets

•  30,000 page views
•  100 buyers
•  Assets sold and compliantly removed  

within tight six-month timeline

$4 Million for Test &  
Measurement Assets

•  187 bidders from 25 countries across  

four continents

•  $600,000 over recovery expectation
•  100,00 page views and 4,000 total  

bids for 300 assets

—  C A S E   S T U D Y  —

Five-Year Global Partnership  
with Construction and Civil  
Engineering Company

•  $6.3 million and counting in recovery
•  Over 3,300 assets sold
•  Projects executed across eight  

locations in four countries

—  W H AT   O U R   C L I E N T S   S AY  —

DID YOU KNOW?

“The people, the service, the relationship that is built  

on trust make it a partnership. If the folks at Liquidity 

Services say something, I believe it… nothing’s going to 

come up that we can’t work through.”

Ian Colvin, Project Manager at BAE Systems

Leading Oil & Gas Exploration & Production Company

Our marketplaces are segmented 
by industry – including energy, 
government, industrial, retail, and 
transportation – and achieved a 
combined 13 million visitors and 
over 150 million page views.

With our unparalleled marketplace for 
surplus, proven multichannel marketing 
and sales strategies, and services that 
span the spectrum of asset management 
from buyer vetting to asset removal, we 
generate the highest recovery for clients 
while minimizing risk and resource use.

Global Marketplaces 
segmented by industry

13 million  
visitors annually

Over 150 million  
page views

Unique items we sold this past 
fiscal year included:

• Bell Helicopter
• Personal 3D Printers
• Metalworking & 
   Fabrication Facility

Fiscal Year 2016:  Our Success by the NumbersWould You Pay $8,000  for a Tilt-A-Whirl?One of our buyers did!  In April, they purchased this  item from the city of North  Little Rock, Arkansas through  our GovDeals marketplace.— CASE STUDY —Thirteen-Year Partnership with Leading Food Company• Thirteen years and counting of partnership• Millions of dollars in ROI generated• Thousands of surplus vehicles sold• 25,000 vehicles managed— WHAT OUR CLIENTS SAY —“Liquidity Services is very professional in the service provided.  Follows up very closely to expedite the sales and also managed to  get a very good offer for the sales of our scraps.”Logistics Manager, Multinational Oil & Gas CorporationEMPLOYED NEARLY1,000 PEOPLE ACROSS 44 LOCATIONSIN 19 COUNTRIESSOLD ASSETS AND  INVENTORY SPANNING500 categoriesIN ALL KEY INDUSTRY VERTICALS  INCLUDING ENERGY, GOVERNMENT,  DIVERSIFIED MANUFACTURING, RETAIL,  AND TRANSPORTATIONCOMPLETED574,000TRANSACTIONS TOTALING$642 millionIN SALES FOR OVER9,000CLIENTSCONDUCTED  SALES ACROSS46 countriesON SIX CONTINENTSWORLDWIDEREACHED BUYERS FROM OVER200 COUNTRIESUNITED STATES
SECURITIES AND EXCHANGE COMMISSION
WASHINGTON,  D.C. 20549

(Mark One)

(cid:2) ANNUAL REPORT PURSUANT TO SECTION  13 OR 15(d)  OF THE

SECURITIES EXCHANGE  ACT OF 1934

FORM 10-K

For the fiscal  year ended September  30, 2016

OR

(cid:3) TRANSITION REPORT PURSUANT  TO  SECTION 13  OR  15(d) OF  THE

SECURITIES EXCHANGE  ACT OF 1934
For the transition period from 

  to 

Commission  file  number 0-51813
LIQUIDITY SERVICES, INC.
(Exact Name of Registrant as  Specified  in  Its  Charter)

Delaware
(State or Other Jurisdiction of
Incorporation or Organization)

1920 L Street, N.W., 6th Floor, Washington,  D.C.
(Address of Principal Executive Offices)

52-2209244
(I.R.S.  Employer
Identification No.)

20036
(Zip Code)

(202)  467-6868
(Registrant’s Telephone  Number, Including Area Code)

Securities Registered  pursuant to Section  12(b)  of the  Act:
None

Securities Registered pursuant  to  Section  12(g)  of the Act:
Common Stock, par value $.001 per share

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is a  well-known  seasoned issuer, as  defined in  Rule 405  of  the Securities

Act. Yes (cid:3) No (cid:2)

Indicate by check mark if the registrant is not required to file reports pursuant  to  Section 13  or  15(d)  of the

Act. Yes (cid:3) No (cid:2)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant: (1) has  filed  all  reports  required  to  be  filed  by  Section  13 or  15(d)

of the Securities Exchange Act of 1934 during the preceding 12  months (or  for  such  shorter  period  that  the  registrant
was required to file such reports), and  (2) has been subject  to  such  filing  requirements for the  past
90 days. Yes (cid:2) No (cid:3)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant has submitted  electronically and posted on its corporate  Website, if
any, every Interactive Data File required to be submitted  and  posted  pursuant  to  Rule 405  of  Regulation S-T  (§232.405
of this chapter) during the preceding 12 months (or for  such  shorter period  that  the registrant  was required  to  submit
and post such files). Yes  (cid:2) No (cid:3)

Indicate by check mark if disclosure of delinquent  filers  pursuant to Item 405 of Regulation  S-K  (§229.405 of this
chapter) is not contained herein, and  will  not  be  contained, to the  best of  registrant’s knowledge, in  definitive  proxy or
information statements incorporated  by reference  in  Part  III of  this Form  10-K or  any amendment  to  this Form 10-K.  (cid:3)
Indicate by check mark whether the registrant is  a  large accelerated filer, an accelerated filer, a non-accelerated
filer, or a smaller reporting company. See the  definitions  of  ‘‘large  accelerated  filer,’’ ‘‘accelerated filer’’ and  ‘‘smaller
reporting company’’ in Rule 12b-2 of  the Exchange  Act.  (Check  One):
Large accelerated filer (cid:3)

Non-accelerated  filer (cid:3)

Smaller reporting  company  (cid:3)

Accelerated filer  (cid:2)

Indicate by check mark whether the registrant  is a shell  company  (as  defined  in Rule  12b-2  of the Exchange

Act). Yes (cid:3) No (cid:2)

Aggregate market value of voting and non-voting  common  equity  held by  non-affiliates  of  the registrant  as of
March 31, 2016 based upon the closing price  of the  common  stock  as  reported by The NASDAQ  Stock  Market on such
date, was approximately $127,314,180.

The number of shares outstanding of  the issuer’s common stock, par value  $.001  per  share, as  of  November 17,

2016 was 31,288,551.

DOCUMENTS INCORPORATED  BY  REFERENCE

Portions of the registrant’s Proxy Statement  relating  to  its  2017 Annual  Stockholders’  Meeting,  to  be  filed

subsequently, are incorporated by reference  into  Part  III of this  Form  10-K.

INDEX

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Description

PART I

Business . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Risk Factors . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Unresolved Staff Comments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Properties . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Legal Proceedings . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Mine Safety Disclosures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

PART II

Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder Matters and Issuer

Purchases of Equity Securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Selected Financial Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Management’s Discussion and Analysis of  Financial Condition and Results of

Operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Quantitative and Qualitative  Disclosures  about Market Risk . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Financial Statements and Supplemental Data . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Changes in and Disagreements with Accountants on  Accounting and  Financial

Disclosure . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Controls and Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other Information . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

PART III

Directors, Executive Officers and Corporate Governance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Executive Compensation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Security Ownership of Certain  Beneficial Owners  and  Management  and Related

Stockholder Matters . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Certain Relationships and Related  Transactions, and  Director Independence . . . . . . . . .
Principal Accounting Fees and  Services . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page

1
17
35
36
36
37

38
39

43
61
61

61
62
64

65
65

65
65
65

Item

1.
1A.
1B.
2.
3.
4.

5.

6.
7.

7A.
8.
9.

9A.
9B.

10.
11.
12.

13.
14.

Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15.
Signatures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

66
107

PART IV

Unless the context requires otherwise, references in this report  to ‘‘we,’’ ‘‘us,’’ the  ‘‘Company’’ and  ‘‘our’’

refer to Liquidity Services, Inc. and its  subsidiaries.

Item 1. Business.

Overview

PART I

We  employ innovative e-commerce marketplace solutions to manage, value, and sell inventory and

equipment for business and government  clients.  We operate  a network  of leading e-commerce
marketplaces that enable buyers and sellers  to  transact  in an efficient,  automated environment  offering
over 500 product categories. The Company’s  marketplaces provide professional buyers access to a
global, organized supply of new, surplus,  and  scrap assets  presented with digital images  and other
relevant product information. Additionally, the  Company enables  its  corporate and government  sellers
to enhance their financial return on assets  offered for  sale by providing a liquid  marketplace  and value-
added services that encompass the consultative management,  valuation,  and sale of surplus assets.  Our
broad range of services include program  management, valuation, asset management,  reconciliation,
RTV and RMA (‘‘Return to Vendor’’ and  ‘‘Returns Management Authorization’’), refurbishment  and
recycling, fulfillment, marketing and sales,  warehousing and  transportation,  buyer customer support,
and compliance and risk mitigation. We organize the  products on our marketplaces into categories
across major industry verticals such as consumer electronics,  general merchandise,  apparel, scientific
equipment, aerospace parts and equipment,  technology hardware,  energy equipment, industrial capital
assets, fleet and transportation equipment  and specialty equipment. Our network  of marketplaces
includes: www.liquidation.com, www.govliquidation.com, www.govdeals.com, www.networkintl.com,
www.truckcenter.com,  www.secondipity.com,  www.unclesamsretailoutlet.com,  www.go-dove.com,  and
www.irondirect.com. We have over 8,000 clients,  including Fortune 1000 and Global 500 organizations
as well as government agencies. The Company has one reportable segment consisting of an aggregation
of five operating segments that manage  e-commerce marketplaces for sellers and buyers of new,
surplus, and scrap assets.

We  believe our ability to create liquid marketplaces for  surplus and salvage assets  generates  a
continuing flow of goods from our corporate  and government sellers. This valuable and reliable flow  of
goods in turn attracts an increasing number of professional  buyers to our marketplaces. During fiscal
year 2016, the number of registered buyers grew from  approximately  2,845,000 to approximately
2,986,000, or 5.0%.

During  the past three fiscal years, we have conducted  over 1,688,000 online transactions  generating

approximately $2.4 billion in gross merchandise  volume or GMV.  We believe the continuing flow of
goods in our marketplaces attracts a  growing buyer base which creates a self-sustaining cycle for our
buyers and sellers.

In the fiscal year ended September 30, 2016, we generated  GMV of  $642.1 million  and revenue of

$316.5 million through multiple sources,  including transaction fees from sellers and buyers,  revenue
sharing arrangements, value-added service  charges  and online advertising fees. Our GMV  has grown at
a compound annual growth rate of approximately 14% since fiscal year 2006.

We  were incorporated in Delaware in November 1999  as Liquidation.com, Inc. and commenced

operations in early 2000.

Industry Overview

While a well-established forward supply chain  exists for the procurement of  assets, most

manufacturers, retailers, corporations and government agencies have not made significant  investments
in their reverse supply chain process or  systems. The reverse supply  chain addresses  the redeployment

1

and remarketing of surplus and salvage  assets. These assets generally consist of retail  customer returns,
overstock products and end-of-life goods or capital  assets from both  the corporate  and government
sectors.  The market is large, as indicated  by a National Retail Federation  (NRF)  report in November
2015 that $260.5 billion of merchandise  is  returned on an annual basis.  According  to  a May  2015 report
by the retail analyst firm IHL Group,  retailers worldwide lose $1.75 trillion annually due to the  cost of
overstocks, out-of-stocks and needless  returns. Additionally, the  Investment Recovery  Association,  a
professional association for managers  of surplus assets,  reports  on  its  website that at any  given time,
almost 20% of a typical organization’s capital assets are surplus to its  needs.

The supply of surplus and salvage assets in  the reverse supply chain results from  a number  of

factors, including:

(cid:129) Supply chain inefficiencies. Forecasting inaccuracies, manufacturer  overruns, cancelled  orders,
evolving market preferences, discontinued  product lines, merchandise packaging changes and
seasonal fluctuations result in the growth of surplus  assets.

(cid:129) Product innovation. Continuous innovation in technology products, such  as computer and  office

equipment, consumer electronics, and personal  communication and  entertainment devices,
results in a continuous flow of surplus assets.

(cid:129) Return policies of large national and online retailers. The flexible return practices of many large

national retailers and online shopping sites result in a  continuous supply of returned
merchandise, a significant portion of  which must be liquidated.  The NRF  from November 2015
reports that approximately 8% of all merchandise purchases  are  returned.

(cid:129) Compliance with government regulations. An increasingly stringent regulatory environment

necessitates the verifiable recycling and  remarketing  of surplus assets that would otherwise be
disposed of as waste.

(cid:129) Increasing focus by corporate and government  agencies to  seek green solutions for surplus assets.
Most organizations appreciate the growing need to be environmentally friendly by improving
their management of end of life or surplus goods, including creating the need to repurpose or
efficiently redistribute surplus and capital assets to minimize waste  and maximize value  for
themselves and the communities they serve.

(cid:129) Changing budgetary trends in corporate  and governmental entities. As corporate and governmental
entities increasingly are being pressured  to  enhance efficiencies, while utilizing less resources,
surplus and salvage capital assets become a source of funds once liquidated.

Organizations that manufacture, distribute,  sell or  use finished goods regularly need to dispose of

excess inventory or returned merchandise. We believe the management and remarketing of surplus
assets traditionally has been an inefficient  process. While many organizations spend considerable
resources developing systems and channels supporting the  flow  of finished goods to their core
customers, we believe that many have  not  historically dedicated significant  resources  to  the reverse
supply chain. Factors contributing to  these inefficiencies in the reverse supply chain include the lack  of:

(cid:129) a centralized and global marketplace to sell bulk  products  in the reverse supply  chain;

(cid:129) awareness of effective methods and  mechanisms for disposal of surplus assets;

(cid:129) experience in managing the reverse supply  chain to seek optimal net returns and improve gross

margins; and

(cid:129) real time market data on surplus assets as they move through the final  steps of the product life

cycle.

2

Traditional methods of surplus and salvage asset  disposition include ad-hoc, negotiated direct sales,
utilization of individual brokers or sales  agents and live on-site auctions. We believe  these  solutions  are
generally highly fragmented, geographically dispersed and poorly  integrated with supply chain
operations. The manual, negotiated and  geographically dispersed  nature of traditional surplus resale
methods results in a lack of pricing transparency for  offered  goods, multiple brokers/parties ultimately
involved in the final disposition and a  lower  number of potential buyers  and bids, which we  believe
typically leads to lower recovery for sellers.

A significant number of professional buyers  seek surplus  and  salvage assets to sustain  their

operations and meet demands of end-customers.  They include  online and offline retailers, convenience
and discount stores, value-added resellers  such as  refurbishers and scrap recyclers, import  and export
firms, and small businesses. Traditionally,  these buyers have had limited access to a reliable flow  of
surplus goods and assets, relying instead  on their own  network  of  industry  contacts  and fixed-site
auctioneers to locate, evaluate and purchase specific items of interest. Traditional methods are
inefficient for buyers due to the lack  of:

(cid:129) global access to an available continuous supply of desired goods and assets;

(cid:129) efficient and inexpensive sourcing processes;

(cid:129) a professionally managed central marketplace with  transparent, high quality services;

(cid:129) detailed information and product description for  the offered goods; and

(cid:129) pricing transparency or ability to compare asset prices.

The Internet is a global medium enabling millions of people  worldwide to share information,

communicate and conduct business electronically. Strong  growth has occurred  in the
business-to-business (B2B) online retail market, which can  be  attributed to  the rapid  migration  of
manufacturers and wholesalers to open,  online platforms. This continued evolution  toward ubiquitous
B2B platforms that enable sellers and  buyers  to  interact with each other anywhere in the world, totaled
$855 billion in total B2B e-commerce sales in  the United  States  in 2016, led  by  the industrials sector
which  is on pace to grow 2016 sales by 8% to $246.5 billion  (Source: Forrester Research  Inc.).
Forrester also anticipates that B2B e-commerce  sales  will reach $1.1  trillion by 2020,  a compound
average growth rate of 7.7% since 2014.  We believe professional buyers of  surplus and salvage assets
will increasingly use these B2B platforms to identify and source goods available for immediate online
purchase.

Our Solution

Our solution is comprised of ecommerce marketplaces and value-added  services. Our marketplaces
and services are designed to provide  sellers  a comprehensive  solution  to  quickly bring surplus assets to
market and enhance the financial value realized from  the sale  of their surplus  assets while  providing
buyers with confidence in the reliable flow of goods they purchase. We provide our sellers access  to  a
network of liquid marketplaces with over 2.9 million professional buyers and  a suite of services
including consultative surplus asset management, valuation, sales solutions, and logistics capabilities to
efficiently manage our clients’ reverse  supply chain and maximize total supply  chain value. We also seek
the optimal methods to maximize our  clients’ net  recovery using channel strategies and dedicated
programs to deliver transparent, sustained  value.

Through our relationships with sellers, we provide buyers  convenient  access to a  substantial and

continuous flow of surplus and salvage assets. We provide buyers with  products in  over 500 categories
in lot sizes ranging from full truck loads to pallets,  packages and  individual items. Our  solution
combines leading ecommerce marketplaces  with a  full suite of integrated  sales, marketing,
merchandising, fulfillment, payment collection, customer support, dispute mediation and logistics

3

services. We provide buyers a convenient  method for  sourcing surplus  consumer goods  and commercial
capital assets including, industrial equipment,  energy equipment, and transportation assets. For any
given asset, buyers have access to a detailed product  description, product manifest, digital images of  a
product,  relevant transaction history  regarding the seller, shipping  weights, product  dimensions and
estimated shipping costs to the buyer’s location. This enables our  solutions to become the primary
source for surplus and salvage assets  for many of our  professional buyers  and end-users.

We  believe our marketplaces benefit over time from greater scale and adoption by our constituents

creating a virtual cycle for our buyers and sellers. As of  September 30, 2016,  we had aggregated
approximately 2,986,000 registered buyers in our marketplaces and access  to  millions  of end-users
through a range of existing consumer marketplaces. Aggregating this level  of buyer  demand and  market
data enables us to generate a continuous  flow of goods  from corporate  and  government sellers, which
in turn attracts an increasing number of professional buyers.  During  the fiscal year ended
September 30, 2016 we had over 2,417,000 auction participants in our  online auctions from  our
registered buyers. During fiscal year 2016, we  grew our registered buyer  base by 5.0% or approximately
141,000. As buyers continue to discover and use  our ecommerce marketplaces as  an effective method to
source assets, we believe our solutions become  an increasingly attractive sales channel for corporate
and government agency sellers. We believe  this  self-reinforcing  cycle results in  greater transaction
volume and enhances the value of our marketplaces.

Competitive Factors

We  have created liquid marketplaces for  virtually any type,  quantity or condition of surplus or

salvage assets. The strengths of our business model include:

Aggregation of supply and demand for surplus and  salvage assets

Our ability to aggregate sellers and buyers through  our  marketplaces  is a fundamental strength of

our  business model. Sellers benefit from a liquid, transparent market and the active participation  of  our
large base of professional buyers, which  enhances returns.  Buyers benefit from our relationships  with
high-volume, corporate and government sellers, which provides them with  continuous  access to a
comprehensive selection of surplus and  salvage  assets. Our  solution  eliminates the need for  sellers  and
buyers to rely on the highly fragmented and  geographically dispersed group of traditional  liquidators.
Instead, sellers and buyers conveniently  access our ecommerce marketplaces for their  entire surplus and
salvage asset needs.

Integrated and comprehensive solution

Our marketplaces are designed to provide  sellers  and buyers with  a comprehensive  solution  for the

online sale and purchase of surplus and salvage assets.  We  offer a full suite of value-added  services  to
simplify the sales and supply chain processes for sellers and improve  the utility of our marketplaces for
buyers. For corporate and government sellers,  we provide  sales, marketing,  logistics and customer
support services that are fully integrated  with our marketplaces, creating operational and  system
efficiencies. For many of these sellers, asset disposition is not a core business function to which they
desire to dedicate internal resources.  With our  solution,  we manage each  step  of  the transaction and
supply chain for our sellers reducing complexity while providing the ability to optimize  the client’s net
financial return in the sale of surplus goods  and  assets. Sellers simply make  goods available at  their
facilities or deliver them to our distribution centers and  we deliver  the  profits after  the sale  is
completed. Our buyer services include  intelligent alerts,  search  tools,  dynamic pricing, shipping and
delivery, secure settlement, live customer  support  and  dispute resolution to enable  the most effective
methods to source assets for their businesses.

4

Flexible and aligned transaction model

We  offer three primary transaction models to our  sellers: purchase, consignment  and profit-sharing.

Under these models, our compensation is derived from  either the gross  or net proceeds received from
the sale of the assets. Our consignment and profit-sharing arrangements  are designed to maximize
returns by aligning our economic interests  with those of our sellers.

Faster transaction cycle times for our sellers and buyers

We  believe our marketplace solutions allow sellers to complete the entire sales process more
rapidly than through other liquidation methods by generally reducing  the complexities in the reverse
supply chain and utilizing our multi-channel strategies to optimize recovery  and velocity. As a result,
sellers are able to reduce surplus or less  valuable inventory quickly, generate additional working  capital
and reduce the cost of carrying unwanted  assets. We provide a one  stop solution to enable professional
buyers of any size throughout the world to purchase assets in an  efficient manner.  For these buyers, we
provide a broad range of services to give them the information necessary to make an informed  bid  and
ensure they quickly and efficiently receive the  goods purchased.

Solutions that promote sustainability and  green solutions for  improved corporate/government stewardship

Our solutions provide a range of capabilities  that enable corporate  and government agencies to
directly reduce the amount of waste  generated by redistributing end-of-life products  or assets, through
our  solutions, improving the net financial recovery  generated  while positively impacting the
communities they serve. Some of the  world’s  largest  forward thinking corporations and government
agencies have significantly enhanced their stewardship of communities and the environment by
partnering with us.

Our Strategy

The focus of our growth strategy is to provide commercial, municipal  government, and federal
agency clients and buying customers the world’s most transparent,  innovative and effective ecommerce
marketplaces and integrated services for  surplus assets. Our  business has already attracted nearly
3.0 million registered buyers and achieved over  $642 million of gross merchandise volume in fiscal year
2016 and is well positioned to serve any  seller for  virtually any asset  type  in every industry sector. Our
goal  is to develop a multi-billion dollar  business  through organic  growth by expanding our platform  to  a
diversified base of Fortune 1000 corporations, municipal agencies and  small and medium size
businesses that can benefit from our global marketplace, buyer liquidity and integrated services.

The key elements of our growth strategy are to:

Intensify Supply and Demand in our core vertical  markets

We  intend to increase the active buyer participation  within our consumer  goods, commercial

capital assets (energy, industrial, transportation  and  other  markets), and municipal government
marketplaces, by attracting new buyers  and more deeply penetrating our base of  existing professional
buyers. We intend to attract new buyers  by using  a variety  of online and traditional marketing programs
while improving the services and experience for our valued professional buyers. In addition, we  plan to
use the comprehensive buyer profiles,  preferences and  transactional data we  have compiled over the
last 17 years to enable us to identify  and market highly relevant assets  available  through our
marketplaces to the most likely buyers.  We  believe these initiatives will help us  to  increase the total
number of auction participants and increase  loyalty among our buyer base. In turn, increased  buyer
participation within our marketplaces  should enable  us  to  sell higher  volumes  of surplus  assets, expand
into new vertical markets, and maintain high recovery  values for our selling clients.

5

Increase value and services for sellers

We  intend to build upon our client base  of  the world’s largest retailers and manufacturers,
thousands of municipal clients and our expertise with  the Department of Defense (‘‘DoD’’) to attract
additional corporate and government  sellers to our  marketplaces. The majority of corporations and
government agencies still rely on inefficient,  traditional, and less transparent disposition methods for
their surplus assets. To help more organizations  address these inefficiencies, we  plan to extend  our
platform to new partners, including dealers, auctioneers and refurbishers, who would  benefit from
accessing our marketplaces, leveraging our  global buyer base, and relying  on our service offerings,
including dealers, auctioneers, refurbishers, and other principals.

We  also intend to partner with our seller  base  to  address inefficient  markets  and practices  in the

forward supply chain of select industries, such as  construction equipment,  through our IronDirect
marketplace, to provide a full lifecycle solution from initial purchase to disposition. By  addressing
inefficiencies in forward supply chain  markets  and  bundling solutions with  our core  reverse supply chain
services, we anticipate that we will increase our base of buyers and sellers  and handle higher volumes
of surplus in the industries we serve.

Develop new relationships and expand  our solution to  the full supply chain life  cycle

We  intend to build upon our client base  of  the world’s largest retailers and manufacturers,
thousands of municipal clients and our expertise with  the DoD to attract additional corporate and
government sellers to our marketplaces. The majority of corporations and  government agencies still  rely
on inefficient, traditional, and less transparent disposition methods  for  their surplus assets. To further
our  reach in helping organizations address these inefficiencies,  we  will extend our platform  to  partners
who would benefit from accessing our marketplace, leveraging  our global buyer  base,  and tapping into
our  service offerings, including dealers,  auctioneers, refurbishers, and other principals.  We will  also
partner with our seller base to address and disrupt inefficient  markets and practices  in the forward
supply chain of select industries, such as  construction equipment through our IronDirect marketplace,
to provide a full lifecycle solution from  initial purchase to disposition. By addressing inefficiencies  in
forward supply chain markets and bundling  solutions with our core reverse supply  chain services, we
anticipate that we would increase our entry points with both buyers  and sellers  to  handle  higher
volumes of surplus in the industries we serve.

Innovation and technology development

Currently our marketplaces operate on separate platforms. Pursuant  to  our LiquidityOne

Transformation initiative, we are creating  a  single integrated platform to support customer
management, property management, transaction management, and financial  and human capital
management across all of our marketplaces. This initiative is designed to implement a uniform set  of
best practices across our entire business and to provide a  superior customer experience by making more
personalized tools and services available  to  our buyers and sellers. Upgraded  features on our
e-commerce platform and enhancements to our  multi-channel optimization capabilities made  as part of
this  initiative have already improved  our  business  and we expect that  the efficiencies and  operating
leverage  created by LiquidityOne will  drive  profitability, including by  enabling  us to be more
competitive in pricing new client programs. The LiquidityOne program will further  automate our global
solution and leverage the scalability of our technology investments across all  of  our  marketplaces,
including multi-currency and multi-lingual solutions.  In  addition  to  enhancing the features,  experience,
and services available for our buyers and  sellers, we seek  to leverage  the increasing insight  we gain  with
each  transaction to enhance the recovery  value  clients realize along with  improving the  relevancy for
our  buyers in the reverse supply chain. The LiquidityOne Transformation initiative will also simplify
and streamline our operations, improve  the  functionality of our systems support,  and decrease  the cost
of our systems infrastructure.

6

Our Marketplaces

Our ecommerce marketplaces serve as  an efficient and convenient method for the sale of surplus

and salvage consumer goods and capital assets. They are designed to address the particular
requirements and needs of buyers and sellers. We operate and enable  several  marketplaces, including
the following:

(cid:129) Our www.liquidation.com marketplace enables corporations located in  the United  States  to  sell

surplus and salvage consumer goods and capital  assets. This leading business to business
marketplace and our related value-added  services are designed to meet the  needs  of  clients by
selling their surplus assets to domestic and international buyers.

(cid:129) Our www.govliquidation.com marketplace enables selected federal  government agencies as well  as
commercial businesses to sell surplus and scrap  assets. In addition  to  goods sold on behalf of
other  federal agencies, the surplus and scrap assets  we  sell  as the  exclusive  contractor of the
Defense Logistics  Agency (DLA) Disposition  Services  of the U.S.  Department of Defense are
sold in this marketplace. To satisfy the requirements of U.S. federal government agency sellers,
this marketplace incorporates additional terms and conditions of sale,  such as U.S. Trade
Security Controls clearance for the sale of  export-controlled  property.

(cid:129) Our www.govdeals.com marketplace enables local and state government  entities including city,
county and state agencies as well as school  boards  and public utilities  located  in the United
States to sell surplus and salvage assets.  This marketplace and our related services are designed
to meet the unique needs of public sector clients selling to domestic  and  international  buyers.

(cid:129) Our www.networkintl.com marketplace enables corporations to sell idle, surplus,  and scrap

equipment in the oil and gas, petrochemical and power generation industries. This marketplace
and our related services are designed to meet the unique  needs of energy sector clients.

(cid:129) Our www.go-dove.com marketplace enables corporations located  in  the United  States, Europe,
and Asia to sell manufacturing surplus and salvage capital  assets. This marketplace  and our
related services are designed to meet  the specific  needs of manufacturing  sector clients by selling
their surplus assets to domestic and international buyers.

(cid:129) Our www.truckcenter.com marketplace enables corporations located in  the United  States  to  sell

surplus and salvage transportation assets. This marketplace and our related  services are designed
to meet the specific needs of companies  and financial institutions by selling  their  surplus
transportation assets to domestic and international buyers. During fiscal year 2016, TruckCenter
also began selling trucks through its newly created Retail channel, primarily to Owner Operators
and small fleets.

(cid:129) Our www.irondirect.com marketplace enables buyers to purchase value-priced equipment,

attachments, parts  and services from  proven global manufacturers of construction equipment.
IronDirect allows companies to consider the full  life cycle of their equipment and the value that
accrues through proper fleet management.

In addition to these leading business-to-business marketplaces, we recognize the need to reach end
users for some of the assets our clients  have entrusted to us. Thus, we have developed the capability to
sell products on our client’s behalf directly  to  end-users  and/or consumers  using a range of existing
marketplaces. Our www.secondipity.com marketplace provides consumers a trusted source  of  value
products through a socially conscious online experience designed to provide ‘‘Better Value, Better
Life,’’ through donating a portion of  the  proceeds of every sale to charity. Our  Uncle  Sam’s Retail
Outlet website uses a business-to-consumer model to sell  surplus military goods. We  also have an
established global buyer base that seeks  to  buy  in  larger quantities than are offered through our
standard auction platform. Thus, we have  dedicated  sales teams to support their needs and supply

7

chain.  These range from a single truckload  to  ongoing  flows for  export anywhere in  the world, where
we market, handle, and support the full  transaction on behalf of our  buyers. We expect  to  continue to
meet the needs of our clients and to access a  growing range of products for all our buyers  by  enabling
our  multi-channel strategy to ensure  we create the greatest value for assets at  the end of their initial
product  life cycle.

Our Value-Added Services for Buyers and  Sellers

We  have integrated value-added services to simplify the reverse supply  chain processes  for our
buyers and sellers. We believe these services  create the  greatest  operational efficiencies  within this
element of the supply chain enabling the  greatest  value for sellers and buyers with the  highest level  of
confidence and transparency in the services  we provide.  Additionally,  we believe these  services improve
compliance with the various policies,  regulations and sale  restrictions of  our  corporate and government
sellers while supporting, or greatly enhancing, many corporate or government environmental  initiatives.

Seller services. We offer value-added services to sellers in three areas:  (1) merchandising  and channel
optimization, (2) logistics and (3) settlement and  customer support,  including compliance services.

(cid:129) Merchandising and Channel Optimization efforts encompass all of the services  necessary  to

prepare merchandise for a successful auction  and  include the  following:

(cid:129) Channel Optimization—we determine the marketplace  and channel sales strategy that

creates the greatest value for the individual asset using  our real time transaction  systems
and proprietary data to support ongoing  optimization.

(cid:129) Marketing and promotion—we use  a variety  of both  online  and  traditional  marketing

methods to promote our sellers’ merchandise and  generate the greatest interest in each
asset.

(cid:129) Asset lotting and merchandising—we leverage our industry experience to organize  the

merchandise we receive into size and product  combinations that meet buyer  preferences
within each marketplace and channel.

(cid:129) Product information enhancement—we provide digital images of the merchandise  to  be  sold
and combine the images with relevant  information. In order to increase the realized sales
value,  we also research, collect and use supplemental product information to enhance
product  descriptions.

(cid:129) Logistics. We provide logistics services designed to support the receipt, handling, transportation

and tracking of merchandise offered through our marketplaces, including  the following:

(cid:129) Distribution centers—we provide sellers with the flexibility of either having us manage the
sales process at their location or delivering merchandise to one of  our distribution  centers.

(cid:129) Inventory management—sellers benefit  from our  management  and  inventory  tracking system

designed so that merchandise is received, processed and delivered in a timely manner.

(cid:129) Cataloguing merchandise—we catalogue all merchandise, which enables us to provide useful

product  information to buyers and sellers.  In certain circumstances, we will inspect the
merchandise and provide condition descriptions to improve quality and the financial
recovery to the client.

(cid:129) Testing, data wiping, de-labeling and refurbishment—we  test products, wipe electronic data,
refurbish and remove labels and product markings from merchandise prior to sale in order
to add value to the asset and protect sellers’ brand  equity and distribution relationships.

8

(cid:129) Return to vendor or product disposition to non-sales channels—we will manage the  end-to-
end processes for our clients ensuring that returned merchandise is disposed through a
variety of disposition requirements including  the end-to-end  management of returning
products to vendors, charities, or channels outside  of our leading marketplace solutions.

(cid:129) Outbound fulfillment—we can arrange  for domestic or  international shipping for all

merchandise, whether it’s a small item  or container load  for  export located in  one of our
distribution centers or at a seller’s facility.

(cid:129) Settlement and customer support. Settlement and customer support services are designed for

successful and reliable completion of transactions and include:

(cid:129) Buyer qualification—we qualify buyers to ensure their  compliance with applicable

government or seller mandated terms of  sale, as  well as  to confirm their ability to complete
a transaction.

(cid:129) Collection and settlement—we collect payments on  behalf of sellers prior  to  delivery of any
merchandise and disburse the profits  to  the seller after the  satisfaction of all conditions of a
sale.

(cid:129) Transaction tracking and reporting—we  enable sellers and  buyers  to  track and monitor the

status of their transactions throughout  the sales process. We  support the successful
completion of each transaction on behalf of the buyer  and seller.  We provide a  range of
comprehensive reporting services to sellers upon  the completion  of  a transaction.  Our
invoicing and reporting tools can be integrated  with the seller’s information system,
providing a more efficient flow of data.

(cid:129) Customer support and dispute resolution—we  provide full customer support throughout the

transaction process and dispute resolution  for our customers if needed.

Buyer services. Many of the services we provide to sellers also benefit buyers by  providing  them with
the information necessary to make a more informed  bid and  by delivering the  goods they purchased.
Our buyer-focused services include the  following:

(cid:129) Intelligent alerts and recommendations—we  notify  buyers  of  upcoming auctions based  on their

registered preferences and prior transaction history. Registered preferences can be as broad  as a
product category or as specific as a part number or key word. We use this information  to  ensure
informed recommendations whenever  we identify a product that  fits a  buyer’s preference. We
will alert our buyers based on their preferences when auctions are initially launched  or nearing
conclusion and based on various other  parameters to enable our  buyers to  see the most relevant
products.

(cid:129) Search and navigation tools—buyers  can search our marketplaces  for products based  on a  variety

of criteria and personalized settings, including product category, keyword,  lot size, product
condition, product geographic location and auction ending  date.

(cid:129) Dynamic pricing tools, product information, and shipping quotes—we offer  multiple dynamic

pricing tools including outbid notification, automated  bid  agent  and automatic auction extension.
In addition, we provide buyers the information they need to  make informed decisions, including
product data, seller performance, and  online  shipping quotes to help understand their  landed
cost.

(cid:129) Broad and flexible range of shipping/pick-up options—we can provide packaging and  shipping
services for each transaction, whether  it is  a small  item or  container loads for export,  including
buyer pick-up at our premises, for the majority of transactions, or support  of buyer  arranged
transportation. We support the most  efficient solution  for  each transaction and each buyer.

9

(cid:129) Secure settlement and customer support—in addition to qualifying sellers, providing  several

electronic payment options and serving as a trusted  market  intermediary, we  verify  transaction
completion, which in turn enhances buyer confidence.  In  addition, we provide full  reliable
customer support throughout the transaction process.

Sales and Marketing

We  utilize a direct sales and marketing force to acquire and manage our seller and buyer  accounts.

As of September 30, 2016, we had 120 sales and marketing personnel.  Our sales activities  are focused
primarily on acquiring new sellers and improving the value of our solutions to existing sellers. Our
marketing activities are focused primarily  on acquiring and activating new buyers  and increasing
existing buyer participation. Our marketing team also manages our Liquidity Services and  marketplace
brands as well as driving lead generation  efforts  that support  the sales team.

Sales

Our sales personnel develop seller relationships, establish  agreements to provide our services and

manage the business accounts on an on-going basis. Our sales team focuses  on building long-term
relationships with sellers that we believe will generate recurring transactions. They also leverage our
years of experience and market data  of  completed transactions to identify which of our various services
would be beneficial to each new or existing seller.

Our sales group is organized to serve  three distinct groups of  sellers: large corporate accounts,

medium to small corporate accounts and government accounts.  This approach is based on our
experience in understanding and serving  the unique needs of each type of seller:

(cid:129) Large corporate sellers. These sellers require a customized approach, using a combination of our
industry-focused sales team and our value-added  services to  create a comprehensive  solution.

(cid:129) Medium to small corporate sellers. These sellers are offered a turn-key solution  enabling them to

self-serve in our marketplaces by accessing tools and resources to optimize their internal
processes and net recovery.

(cid:129) Government sellers. These sellers require a customized approach. Sales efforts are both

pro-active and re-active, including responding to already structured contract proposal  requests
and  assisting government agencies in developing the  appropriate scope of work to serve their
needs.

Our sales personnel receive a salary and  performance-based  commissions.

Marketing

We use a variety of online and traditional marketing  strategies to attract and activate professional

buyers to maximize the number of bidders participating in our ecommerce  marketplaces  as well as to
support our sales team:

(cid:129) Buyer acquisition. We utilize sophisticated marketing automation and digital online marketing,
including paid search advertising, search engine optimization, affiliate programs and  cross
promotion on all of our marketplaces  to  acquire new buyers.  We supplement this online
marketing with special event print media,  classified advertisements and selected  direct mail
campaigns. Public relations campaigns, participation in trade shows and speaking engagements
also complement our overall buyer acquisition efforts.

(cid:129) Buyer participation. We use a variety of tools to increase buyer participation, including:  targeted

opt-in e-mail newsletters that rely on the  buyer’s  stated categories of interest  and past  bidding or
transaction activity; special e-mail alerts highlighting  specific  products of interest; personalized

10

recommendation engines; and convenient search tools that  enable a buyer  or prospective  buyer
to find desired items on our ecommerce marketplaces.

(cid:129) Market research. In order to better target buyers by industry segment,  geographic location or

other criteria, our  marketing department  continually gathers data  and information  from each of
the buyer segments we serve. In addition, the marketing department  conducts  regular surveys to
better understand buyers’ behavior and needs. We have a  privacy  policy and have implemented
security measures to protect this information.

(cid:129) Sales support. Our marketing department has a robust lead  generation program, creates

supporting documentation and research to support our sales team in presenting our  company to
potential sellers and buyers, including sales  brochures, white  papers and participation in selected
trade shows.

All marketing activities are evaluated based on the level of auction participation in  our

marketplaces, the cost to acquire new  sellers, and the  cost effectiveness of each action.

Technology and Infrastructure

Our marketplaces are fully web-based and can  be  accessed from any Internet-enabled  device by

using a standard web browser. Our technology systems enable us to automate and streamline  many of
the manual processes associated with finding, evaluating, bidding on, paying for and shipping surplus
and salvage assets. The technology and  content behind our marketplaces  and integrated value-added
services were developed in-house by  full-time employees,  providing  us with control over  the
marketplaces and the ability to make rapid  enhancements to better fit the  specific needs of our
business and customers. Our marketplaces are supported by  a  common database  architecture and a
shared system application. This infrastructure  provides:

(cid:129) an efficient channel to sell online through  a variety  of pricing mechanisms (standard auction,

sealed bid, Dutch auction and fixed price);

(cid:129) a scalable back office that enables  buyers and sellers to efficiently  manage  transactions among
remote business users by utilizing account management  tools,  including  payment collection,
invoicing management, shipping and transaction settlement; and

(cid:129) an input/output agnostic platform, including Application  Programming Interface (APIs) or other
conduits that enable us to integrate seamlessly  with partner enterprise applications  of  sellers  and
third party service providers.

We  have designed our websites and supporting  infrastructure  to  be  highly robust and  to  support

new services and increased traffic. Our  servers are fully-managed and hosted by Amazon Web  Services
and Microsoft Azure Platforms. Every  critical piece of  our application  is fully redundant, and we
maintain off-site back-up systems and can provision a disaster  recovery facility. Our  network
connectivity offers high performance  and scalability  to  accommodate increases in website traffic.  Since
January 1, 2003, we have experienced  no material service interruptions on our ecommerce
marketplaces.

Our applications support multiple layers of security, including password-protected log-ins,
encryption technology to safeguard information transmitted  in web sessions and firewalls to help
prevent unauthorized access to our network and  servers. We devote significant efforts to protecting our
systems from intrusion.

During  the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2016, we launched our first marketplace,  the IronDirect

marketplace, on the new LiquidityOne  Platform. The launch  of  IronDirect supports our strategy of
leveraging investments in technology, superior process  and integrated services to drive transparency,

11

convenience and win-win value creation for customers  in large, global markets.  During  fiscal  year  2017,
we will continue to migrate our remaining marketplaces to the LiquidityOne Platform.

Operations

Supporting large organizations that have a recurring need  to sell surplus and salvage assets

requires systematic processes to enhance  the financial value and convenience received  by  our
customers. We believe we have integrated  all of the  required operational processes  into  our solution to
efficiently and to effectively support our buyers and sellers. Our operations group is comprised  of three
functions: (1) buyer relations, (2) shipping logistics and (3)  distribution  center and field service
operations.

Buyer relations

Our buyer relations group supports the completion of buyer transactions by  managing the buyer
registration and qualification process, answering questions and requests from buyers, collecting buyer
payments and resolving disputes. Our  websites contain extensive information about  buying through  our
ecommerce marketplaces, including an  online tutorial  regarding the  use of our marketplaces, answers
to frequently-asked buyer questions and an indexed help  section. Buyers are able to contact a customer
service representative by live chat as well as  e-mail  or phone if  they need additional  support.

Shipping logistics

Our shipping logistics group manages and coordinates inbound and outbound  shipping of

merchandise for sellers and buyers. We offer, as part of our value-added services,  integrated shipping
services using our own fleet or multiple vetted and pre-qualified  carrier partners. In addition, our
shipping coordination group personnel  monitor the performance  and service  level of our network  of
carriers to help ensure speed and quality  of  service.

Distribution center  and field service operations

Our distribution center and field service operations group  performs  selected pre-sale  and post-sale
value-added services at our distribution centers and at seller locations globally.  These activities include
unloading, manifesting and reporting discrepancies for all received assets and sales preparation  of
offered assets, including merchandising  and organizing offered assets,  writing product descriptions,
capturing digital images and/or video and  providing additional optional value-added  services such as
returns management (RM) services, return to vendor  (RTV) services  and product delabeling, data
cleaning/wiping, testing, refurbishment  and repackaging. Our distribution center and field  service
operations group personnel also arrange the  outbound shipping or pick-up of purchased  assets with  our
buyers.

Competition

The online services market for auctioning or liquidating  surplus and salvage assets is competitive

and growing rapidly. We currently compete with:

(cid:129) other e-commerce providers;

(cid:129) auction websites;

(cid:129) government agencies that have created  websites  to  sell surplus and salvage assets; and

(cid:129) traditional liquidators and fixed-site auctioneers.

We  expect our market to become even more competitive as traditional and online liquidators  and

auctioneers continue to develop online and  offline services for disposition, redeployment and

12

remarketing of surplus and salvage assets.  In addition, manufacturers, retailers and  additional
government agencies may decide to create their  own websites to sell  their  own surplus and  salvage
assets and those of third parties. Competitive pressures could harm our  business,  financial  condition
and operating results.

In our IronDirect and retail TruckCenter  businesses we compete with  local, regional and  national

sellers and rental companies offering vehicles and construction equipment, respectively, as  well as parts
and service suppliers.

Some of  our other current and potential competitors  have longer  operating histories, larger  client
bases, greater brand recognition and  significantly greater financial, marketing and other resources than
we do. In addition, some of these competitors may be able to devote greater financial resources to
marketing and promotional campaigns, secure merchandise from sellers  on more  favorable terms,  adopt
more aggressive pricing or inventory  availability  policies and devote substantially more resources  to
website and systems development than  we  are  able  to  do. Increased competition may  result in  reduced
operating margins and loss of market share. We may not be able to compete successfully against
current and future competitors.

Our Contracts with the U.S. Department of  Defense

We  have two material contracts with the DoD, the Surplus  Contract and the  Scrap Contract,  under
which  we acquire, manage and sell government  property.  This relationship provides  a significant supply
of goods that we offer to our buyer base  through our ecommerce  marketplace  www.govliquidation.com.
In support of these contracts, we provide  services in over  2 million square feet of military space at over
150 military bases throughout the United  States and in U.S. territories.

The Surplus Contract is a competitive-bid contract under which we acquire, manage and sell usable

DoD surplus  personal property turned into the DLA Disposition Services  (‘‘DLA’’). Surplus property
generally consists of items determined  by  the DoD to be no longer needed, and not claimed for reuse
by, any  federal agency, such as computers, electronics, office  supplies, scientific and  medical  equipment,
aircraft parts, clothing and textiles. The Surplus Contract requires us to purchase all usable  surplus
property offered by the DoD at 4.35%  of the  DoD’s original acquisition value (OAV). The current,  or
third, Surplus Contract became effective  December 2014, covers only non-rolling stock and has a  base
term of two years  with four one-year  options to extend.  The prior,  or  second, Surplus Contract
required us to purchase all rolling and non-rolling usable surplus  property offered  by  the DoD at  1.8%
of the DoD’s OAV; the wind-down period  under the  second Surplus Contract  will remain in  effect until
January 2017 to allow for the continued processing of usable Recycling Control Point (RCP)
non-rolling stock surplus property.

Revenue from the second and third Surplus Contracts (including buyer premiums)  accounted for

approximately 26.8%, 24.7%, and 31.0% of our total revenue for the twelve months ended
September 30, 2014, 2015, and 2016.  The property  sold  under the second  and third Surplus Contracts
accounted for approximately 14.3%, 12.3%, and 12.7% of  our GMV for the twelve months ended
September 30, 2014, 2015 and 2016.

The DoD has broad discretion to determine what  property will  be  made  available for sale to us

under the Surplus Contract and may retrieve or restrict property  previously sold  to  us  for national
security, public safety, or other reasons  or if  the property is  otherwise needed to support  the mission of
the DoD.

Scrap Contract. The Scrap Contract is a competitive-bid contract under  which we  acquire, manage and
sell substantially all scrap property of  the DoD turned into the DLA at  a per pound price. Scrap
property generally consists of items determined by the DoD to have no value beyond their base
material content value, such as metals,  alloys, and building materials. Under the  current Scrap

13

Contract, which became effective on October 1, 2016, we  acquire scrap property from the  DLA and
pay the DLA a revenue-sharing payment equal to 64.5% of  the gross resale proceeds. We bear  all  of
the costs for the sorting, merchandising and sale of the property. The Scrap Contract has a 36-month
base term, with two 12-month extension options  exercisable by the DLA.

Under the prior Scrap Contract that expired September 30, 2016,  we paid the  DLA 65-75% of  the
profits realized from the sale of the inventory, after deduction for allowable  expenses. We refer to the
disbursement payments to the DoD as profit-sharing  distributions, and we recognize  as revenue  the
gross  proceeds from the sales.

During  fiscal 2015, if the Company’s customer  base  met certain  small business criteria as defined
in the contract, we received an additional incentive payment which  was withheld from payments to the
DLA.

Revenue from the Scrap contract accounted for approximately 14.4%, 15.3%  and 10.2%  of our
total revenue for the fiscal years ended  September  30, 2014, 2015  and 2016, respectively,  and 7.7%,
7.6%, and 5.0% of our GMV for the  twelve months  ended September 30, 2014, 2015  and 2016,
respectively.

These Surplus and Scrap contracts require  us to satisfy export control  and other regulatory
requirements in connection with sales.  Specifically, for  specified categories of property sold  under the
contracts that are designated by the DoD  as  being  subject to export  controls, we  are required  to
(1) obtain an end-use certificate from the  prospective buyer describing  the nature of the  buyer’s
business, describing the expected disposition and specific end-use of the  property, and  acknowledging
the applicability of pertinent export control and economic sanctions laws  and (2) confirm  that  each
buyer has been cleared to purchase export-controlled items. Applicable  export  controls include the
Export Administration Regulations enforced by the  Bureau of  Industry and Security  (‘‘BIS’’) of the
U.S. Department of Commerce, and the  International  Traffic In Arms Regulations enforced  by  the
Directorate of Defense Trade Controls (‘‘DDTC’’) of the  U.S.  Department of State. Our collection,
settlement tools and procedures are designed  so that  transactions for  these categories of property
cannot be completed until we receive  a completed end-use certificate and confirmation of the  buyer’s
trade security controls clearance. In addition, we do  not  combine export-controlled property into
auction lots with property not subject to export  controls.

We  are also prohibited from selling property to persons or entities  that appear on lists of restricted

or prohibited parties maintained by the United  States  or other governments, including the Specially
Designated Nationals and Blocked Persons List maintained by the  Office  of Foreign Assets  Control of
the U.S.  Department of Treasury and  the Entity List maintained by BIS, the Denied Persons List
maintained by BIS and the Debarred Parties  List  maintained by  DDTC. In addition, we  are prohibited
from selling to countries, regimes, or nationals that are the  target of applicable economic  sanctions or
other embargoes. As part of each sale,  we  collect information from potential customers that our
systems cross reference against a list of  restricted or prohibited  parties and  countries, regimes, or
nationals that are the target of economic sanctions or other  embargoes in  order  to  comply with these
restrictions. Failure to satisfy any of these  export  control and other regulatory  requirements could
subject us to civil and criminal penalties and administrative sanctions, including  termination of  the
DLA Disposition Services contracts, forfeiture of profits, suspension of payments, fines and  suspension
or debarment from doing business with U.S. federal government  agencies.

Government Regulation

We  are subject to federal and state consumer  protection laws, including laws protecting the  privacy

of customer non-public information and regulations prohibiting unfair  and deceptive trade  practices.
Furthermore, the growth and demand  for  ecommerce  has resulted  in and  may continue to result in
more stringent consumer protection laws  that impose  additional  compliance burdens on ecommerce

14

companies. Many jurisdictions also regulate  ‘‘auctions’’ and  ‘‘auctioneers’’ and may regulate online
auction services. These consumer protection  laws and regulations could result  in substantial  compliance
costs and could interfere with the conduct  of our business.

In many states, there is currently great uncertainty about  whether or how  existing laws governing

issues such as property ownership, sales  and other  taxes, auctions  and auctioneering, libel and  personal
privacy apply to the Internet and commercial  online  services. These issues may take years to resolve.
New legislation or regulation, the application of laws and regulations from jurisdictions whose laws do
not currently apply to our business or the  application  of existing laws  and regulations to the Internet
and commercial online services could  result in  significant additional taxes  or regulatory restrictions on
our  business. These potential restrictions  could have an  adverse effect on  our  cash flows and results  of
operations. Furthermore, there is a possibility that we may be subject to significant fines  or other
payments for any past failures to comply  with  these requirements.

In connection with our contracts with the U.S. federal government, the U.S. federal  government

has the right to audit and review our  performance on our government contracts,  as well as  our
compliance with applicable laws and regulations. In addition, we sell merchandise  under our
government contracts, such as scientific instruments, information technology equipment and aircraft
parts, that is subject to further government regulations,  some  of  which may require  us to obtain an
export license in certain circumstances  or an  end-use certificate from the  buyer. In the United States,
the sale of this type of merchandise is  further regulated by, among others, the  U.S. Export
Administration Regulations, International  Traffic in  Arms Regulations and the  economic sanctions and
embargo laws enforced by the Office  of Foreign Assets Control Regulations. If a government  audit
uncovers improper or illegal activities,  or  if we are alleged to have  violated any  laws  or regulations
governing the products we sell under  our government  contracts, we may  be subject  to  civil and  criminal
penalties and administrative sanctions,  including termination of contracts,  denial  of export  privileges,
forfeiture of profits, suspension of payments, fines, and suspension or debarment from  doing business
with U.S. federal government agencies.  See ‘‘Risk Factors—Unfavorable findings resulting  from a
government investigation or audit could subject us to a  variety  of penalties and  sanctions, could
negatively impact our future operating results and  could  force us to adjust previously reported
operating results.’’

Intellectual Property

We  regard our intellectual property, particularly domain names, copyrights and  trade secrets, as
critical to our success. We rely on a combination of contractual restrictions and common law copyright
and trade secret laws to protect our proprietary  rights, know-how, information and technology. These
contractual restrictions include confidentiality and non-compete  provisions. We  generally  enter into
agreements containing these provisions with  our employees, contractors and  third parties with whom we
have strategic relationships. Despite these precautions, it may be possible for  a third  party to copy or
otherwise obtain and use our intellectual property  without our authorization.  We currently are the
registered owners of several Internet  domain names, including www.liquidation.com,
www.govliquidation.com, www.govdeals.com, www.networkintl.com, www.truckcenter.com,
www.secondipity.com, www.go-dove.com, and www.irondirect.com. We pursue the registration of our
trademarks in the U.S. and internationally. Effective patent, copyright, trademarks,  trade secret  and
domain name protection is expensive  to  maintain and may require litigation to enforce  our intellectual
property rights. We seek to protect our domain names in  an increasing number of jurisdictions  and may
not be successful in certain jurisdictions.

We  rely  on technologies that we license from third parties. These  licenses  may not continue to be

available to us on commercially reasonable  terms in  the future. As a result, we may be required to
obtain substitute technology of lower  quality  or at  greater cost,  which could materially  adversely affect
our  business, financial condition, results  of operations  and cash flows.

15

We  do not believe that our business, sales policies or  technologies infringe the  proprietary rights of

third parties. However, third parties have  in the past and may in  the future  claim  that  our business,
sales policies or technologies infringe  their  rights. We expect that  participants in the  e-commerce
market will be increasingly subject to infringement  claims  as the number of services and competitors in
the industry grows. Any such claim, with  or  without merit,  could be time consuming,  result in costly
litigation or an injunction or require  us  to  enter  into royalty or licensing agreements. Such royalty or
licensing agreements might not be available  on terms  acceptable  to  us, or at  all  or may be prohibited
by an injunction. As a result, any such  claim  of  infringement against us could have a  material  adverse
effect upon our business, financial condition,  results of operations  and cash flows.

Employees

As of September 30, 2016, we had 713 U.S. employees, including 93 in sales  and marketing, 92  in
technology, 73 in customer service, 369 in operations and 86 in finance and administration.  In  addition,  as
of that date, we had 240 international employees, including 88 in sales and marketing, 8 in  technology,
3 in customer  service, 103 in operations and 38 in finance and administration.

None of our U.S. employees are covered by collective bargaining agreements. We believe  that  we

have good relationships with our employees.

Available  Information

Our annual, quarterly and current reports, proxy statements, amendments  to  those reports  and

other information are also made available  free of charge on our  website www.liquidityservices.com, as
soon as reasonably practicable after we electronically  file these materials with, or  furnish them  to,  the
SEC. We use our website as a channel of distribution for material company information. Important
information, including news releases,  analyst presentations and financial information regarding the
Company is routinely posted on and accessible at  www.liquidityservices.com.

Cautionary Note Regarding Forward-Looking  Statements

This document contains forward-looking statements. These statements are only predictions.  The
outcome of the events described in these  forward-looking statements is  subject to known and  unknown
risks, uncertainties and other factors  that  may cause our actual results, levels of activity, performance or
achievements to differ materially from  any future  results, levels of activity,  performance or
achievements expressed or implied by these forward-looking statements.  These  risks  and other factors
include but are not limited to those listed  in  Part I, Item 1A  (‘‘Risk Factors’’) and  in our other filings
with the Securities and Exchange Commission (SEC)  from time  to  time.  You can identify  forward-
looking statements by terminology such as ‘‘may,’’  ‘‘will,’’ ‘‘should,’’ ‘‘could,’’ ‘‘would,’’ ‘‘expects,’’
‘‘intends,’’ ‘‘plans,’’ ‘‘anticipates,’’ ‘‘believes,’’ ‘‘estimates,’’  ‘‘predicts,’’ ‘‘potential,’’ ‘‘continues’’  or the
negative of these terms or other comparable terminology. Although we believe that the expectations
reflected in the forward-looking statements are  reasonable, we cannot guarantee  future results, levels  of
activity, performance or achievements. There may be other factors of which we  are currently unaware
or deem immaterial that may cause our actual results to differ materially from the forward-looking
statements.

All forward-looking statements apply only  as of the  date of  this Annual Report and  are expressly

qualified in their entirety by the cautionary  statements  included in this document. Except as  may be
required by law, we undertake no obligation to publicly update or revise any  forward-looking statement
to reflect events or circumstances occurring after the date of this  Annual  Report or  to  reflect the
occurrence of unanticipated events.

16

Item 1A. Risk Factors.

You should carefully consider the risks described  below, together with  all of the other  information in this

Annual Report, including the consolidated  financial statements and related notes, before making an
investment decision with respect to our  common stock. If any of the following risks occur, our  business,
financial condition  or operating results could suffer.  As a  result, the trading price  of  our common stock
could decline and you may lose all or part  of your investment in  our common  stock.  The  risks  and
uncertainties described below are not in  any  particular order and are  not the only significant risks we may
face. Other events that we do not currently  anticipate or that we  currently deem immaterial also may affect
our results of operations and financial condition.

We depend on contracts with the United States Department of  Defense for a significant portion of our
revenue, and if our relationship with  the  United States Department of Defense is disrupted, we would
experience a significant decrease in revenue  and income.

We  have two material contracts with the DLA  Disposition Services under which we acquire,
manage and sell surplus and scrap property  of the DoD. If  our relationship with the DoD is impaired,
we are not awarded new DoD contracts  when our current contracts expire, any of our DoD contracts
are terminated or  the supply of assets  under the contracts is significantly decreased, we would
experience a significant decrease in revenue and have difficulty generating income. The  Surplus
Contract accounted for 26.8%, 24.7% and 31.0% of our  revenue and 14.3%,  12.3% and  12.7% of our
GMV for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2014, 2015  and  2016, respectively. The  Scrap Contract
accounted for 14.4%, 15.3% and 10.2%  of  our revenue and 7.7%,  7.6%  and  5.0% of our GMV for  the
fiscal years ended September 30, 2014,  2015  and 2016,  respectively. We believe that these contracts will
continue to be the source of a significant portion of our revenue and  GMV  during their  respective
terms. The current Surplus Contract  has  an  initial two-year term that ends in  December 2016. There
are four one-year options to extend,  exercisable by DLA Disposition Services.  The  current Scrap
Contract has a three-year base term that will expire in September  2019, subject to the  DoD’s right to
extend for two additional one-year terms.

The contracts were awarded by the DoD through a  competitive bidding process, and we  may be
required to go through a new competitive bidding process when  our existing contracts  expire. Under
the current Surplus Contract, as amended, we are obligated to purchase  all  DoD  surplus  property at
4.35% of Disposition Services’ original acquisition value (‘‘OAV’’).  The  DoD has broad discretion to
determine what property will be made  available for  sale  to us  under the Surplus  Contract and may
retrieve or restrict  property previously  sold  to  us for  national  security or public safety reasons or if the
property is otherwise needed to support  the mission  of  the DoD. The DoD  may also elect to provide
for itself certain services that we currently provide under the  Surplus  Contract. Although the revenue
we earn for these services has increased, if the DoD makes such an election,  the revenue we earn
under the Surplus Contract will decrease.

Our Surplus Contract and our Scrap Contract with  the DoD allow either party to terminate the

contract for convenience. The DoD also  has the right, after giving us notice and a 30-day opportunity
to cure,  to terminate the contracts and seek  other  contract  remedies in the  event of material breaches.

We  expect that there will be significant competition to renew our DoD contracts. We may  not  win

any such competitive solicitation, as one  or more providers may offer  to  provide  the same or similar
services at a more favorable price. Even  if  we win the  competitive  procurement, we could be required
to reduce significantly the prices we charge  for our services under the new contracts. The failure to win
the competitive solicitation or a requirement to provide  our services at significantly less favorable prices
would materially adversely affect our  revenues and have a material adverse effect on  our business,
prospects, financial condition and results  of operations.

17

Unfavorable findings resulting from  a government audit or investigation could  subject  us to a variety
of penalties and sanctions, could negatively  impact our future operating results and could  force us to
adjust previously reported operating  results.

The federal government has the right to audit our performance under  our government contracts.
Any adverse findings from audits or  reviews of our performance under  our  contracts could result in a
significant adjustment to our previously  reported  operating results. The results of  an audit  by  the
government could significantly limit the volume and type of  merchandise made  available  to  us  under
our  contracts with the DoD, resulting  in lower gross merchandise volume, revenue, and profitability for
our  company. If such a government audit uncovers improper or illegal  activities, we could be subject to
civil and criminal penalties, administrative  sanctions  and could suffer  serious harm  to  our reputation.
Government and law enforcement agencies  may  also investigate  our other activities under our DoD
contracts and our company. If such an investigation alleges that we engaged in improper or illegal
activities, we could be subject to civil and criminal penalties and administrative sanctions, including
termination of contracts, forfeiture of  profits, suspension of payments, fines,  and suspension or
debarment from doing business with  U.S. federal  government agencies. If,  as the result  of a
government audit or investigation, or for  any other reason, we are suspended or debarred  from
contracting with the federal government generally, or any specific agency,  if our reputation or
relationship with government agencies  is  impaired,  or if  the government otherwise ceases doing
business with us or significantly decreases  the amount of  business it does  with us, our revenue and
profitability would substantially decrease.

The success of our business depends  on our ability to successfully  obtain a supply  of merchandise for
our buyers and to attract and retain active professional  buyers to create sufficient  demand for our
sellers.

Our ability to increase our revenue and  maintain  profitability depends on  whether  we can

successfully expand the supply of merchandise available  for sale on our ecommerce marketplaces and
attract and retain active professional buyers to purchase  the merchandise. Our ability to attract
sufficient quantities of suitable merchandise and new buyers will depend on  various factors, some of
which  are out of our control. These factors include our ability to:

(cid:129) offer sellers liquid marketplaces for their surplus and salvage  assets;

(cid:129) offer buyers a sufficient supply of merchandise;

(cid:129) develop and implement effective sales and marketing strategies;

(cid:129) comply with regulatory or corporate seller requirements affecting  marketing  and disposition of

certain categories of merchandise;

(cid:129) efficiently catalogue, handle, store,  ship and track merchandise; and

(cid:129) achieve high levels of seller and buyer  satisfaction with the  trading  experience.

We face intense competition.

Our businesses are rapidly evolving and intensely  competitive, and we have  many competitors in

different industries, including the online services market for auctioning or liquidating surplus  and
salvage assets and retail markets. Competitive pressures could affect  our ability to attract and retain
customers, which could decrease our revenue and negatively affect our operating  results.

In our marketplaces for surplus and salvage assets,  we currently  compete  with:

(cid:129) other e-commerce providers;

(cid:129) auction websites;

18

(cid:129) government agencies that have created  websites  to  sell surplus and salvage assets; and

(cid:129) traditional liquidators and fixed-site auctioneers.

We  expect our market to become even more competitive as traditional and online liquidators  and

auctioneers continue to develop online and  offline services for disposition, redeployment and
remarketing of surplus and salvage assets.  In addition, manufacturers, retailers and  government
agencies may decide to create their own  websites to sell their own surplus and salvage assets  and those
of third parties.

The identity and composition of our competitors  will expand as we increase our  activity in our

TruckCenter and IronDirect businesses.  We will compete in  these  businesses with local, regional  and
national sellers and rental companies  offering vehicles  and construction equipment, respectively, as  well
as parts and service suppliers.

Competition may intensify in each of  our  businesses as  our competitors  enter into business

combinations or alliances and established companies  in other market segments  expand to become
competitive with our business. In addition, new  and  enhanced technologies, including search, web and
infrastructure computing services, digital  content, and electronic devices, may increase our competition.
The Internet facilitates competitive entry  and comparison  shopping, and increased competition  may
reduce our sales and profits.

Some of  our other current and potential competitors  have longer  operating histories, larger  client
bases, greater brand recognition and  significantly greater financial, marketing and other resources than
we do. They may be able to devote greater financial resources  to  marketing and promotional
campaigns, secure better terms from  sellers and  vendors, adopt more  aggressive pricing or inventory
availability policies and devote substantially more resources to technology  and infrastructure than  we
are able to do. Increased competition may result  in reduced  operating margins and  loss of  market
share. We may not be able to compete successfully  against current and future  competitors.

Our operating results depend on our websites, network infrastructure, transaction processing  systems,
and our  software runs on public clouds.  Service interruptions or system  failures  could negatively  affect
the demand for our services and our  ability to  grow our  revenue.

Any system interruptions that affect our websites or our transaction  systems could impair the

services that we provide to our sellers  and  buyers. In addition, our systems and data centers may be
vulnerable to damage from a variety  of other sources, including, for  example,

(cid:129) damage to, or failure of, our computer software or hardware  or our connections  to,  and

outsourced service arrangements with, third parties;

(cid:129) failure of, or defects in, the third-party systems, software or equipment  on which  we rely to

access our data centers and other systems;

(cid:129) errors in the processing of data by our  systems;

(cid:129) computer viruses, malware or software defects;

(cid:129) physical or electronic break-ins, sabotage, distributed denial of service,  or DDoS,  penetration

attacks, intentional acts of vandalism  and similar events; and

(cid:129) telecommunications failures, power  outages, pandemics,  political unrest, malicious human acts

and natural disasters.

Improving the reliability and redundancy of our systems may be expensive,  reduce our margins and

may not be successful in preventing system failures. Our services are also substantially dependent on
systems provided by third parties, over whom we have little  control.  We have occasionally  experienced

19

interruptions  to our services due to system  failures unrelated to our own systems.  Any  disruption to our
data centers, interruptions or failures of  our current  systems or our ability to communicate with  third
party systems could negatively affect the  demand for  our  services and our  ability  to  grow  our  revenue.
Although we carry specific insurance  against  cybersecurity events, our insurance coverage may be
inadequate to compensate us for any related losses we incur.

We  are implementing a new eCommerce marketplace and back-office solution integrated with an

Enterprise Resource Planning (‘‘ERP’’) system as part of our  LiquidityOne Transformation initiative in
order to upgrade and replace with cloud-based solutions, our information technology systems used to
operate our business. Upon implementation of the  new cloud-based solutions, a large portion of our
information technology systems will be comprised mostly of outsourced,  cloud-based infrastructure,
platform, and software as a service solutions  not  under our direct  management or  control. Any
disruption to either the outsourced systems  or the communication links between us and the outsourced
supplier, could negatively impact our  ability to operate our websites or our transaction systems and
could impair the services that we provide to our sellers  and buyers. We may incur additional costs to
remedy the damages caused by these  disruptions.

In addition, implementation of the LiquidityOne transformation plan and  the new  ERP system will

require substantial changes to our software  and network infrastructure, which could lead  to  system
interruptions, affect our websites and  transaction  systems and further expose us to operational
disruptions, which could have a material adverse effect  on our results of operations.

If we do not respond to rapid technological changes  or  upgrade  our systems, we could  fail to grow our
business  and our revenue could decrease.

To remain competitive, we must continue to enhance and improve the functionality  and features of

our  e-commerce business through initiatives like  the LiquidityOne transformation  initiative.  Although
we currently do not have specific plans for any  upgrades that  would require significant capital
investment beyond the LiquidityOne  Transformation, in  the future  we will need to improve and
upgrade our technology, transaction processing systems  and network infrastructure in order to allow
our  operations to grow in both size and  scope.  Without such improvements,  our operations might  suffer
from unanticipated system disruptions,  slow transaction processing,  unreliable service levels, or
impaired quality or delays in reporting  accurate financial information, any of which could negatively
affect our reputation and ability to attract  and retain sellers  and buyers. We may also face material
delays in introducing new services, products and enhancements.  The  Internet and  the e-commerce
industry are rapidly changing. If competitors  introduce new products and  services using  new
technologies or if new industry standards  and  practices emerge, our  existing websites and  our
proprietary technology and systems may become obsolete. In addition, the expansion and improvement
of our systems and infrastructure may  require us to commit  substantial financial, operational and
technical resources, with no assurance our business will increase. If we fail to respond to technological
change or to adequately maintain, expand, upgrade and  develop  our systems and infrastructure in a
timely fashion our ability to grow could be limited and our revenue  could  decrease.

We may not realize all of the anticipated benefits from our LiquidityOne Transformation initiative.

We  expect our LiquidityOne Transformation initiative will  significantly  increase our  efficiency and

productivity, the functionality of our marketplaces  and our cross-selling opportunities,  as well as
decrease the cost of our systems infrastructure, all of  which will drive  scale and  growth for  our
company and have a positive effect on our business,  competitive  position  and results of operations. This
initiative is a major undertaking that will replace  many  of our  existing operating and  financial systems
over the course of multiple years. We cannot assure you  that  the LiquidityOne Transformation  program
will be beneficial to the extent or within  the timeframes expected, or that the  estimated efficiency, cost
savings and other improvements will  be  realized as  anticipated  or  at  all. If the LiquidityOne

20

Transformation program is not implemented successfully  and within budget, or  if  the changes, including
the new ERP system do not perform in  a  satisfactory manner,  it could disrupt or otherwise materially
adversely affect our business and results  of operations. Similarly, if  our buyers  and sellers fail to accept
our  new platform or our new unified  process for handling the transactions on all of  our marketplaces,
it could materially adversely affect our business and results of operations.

Our LiquidityOne Transformation program places a significant strain on  our  management,
operational, financial and other resources.

As part of the LiquidityOne Transformation program, we  are replacing multiple non-scalable legacy
IT platforms with a singular, modular technology platform with key modules  for unified management of
client/sellers and buyers, property handling, transaction processing and finance  functions across our
entire company. The new platform is designed to provide our buyers access to all the property available
in all our marketplaces, provide a common account experience for sellers, harmonize, simplify and
streamline our operations. This program is placing significant strain  on our management,  personnel,
operations, systems, technical performance  and financial  resources and  internal financial control and
reporting function. The LiquidityOne Transformation initiative  will require management time and
resources to educate employees and implement new  ways of  conducting business. We may not be able
to effectively manage this initiative, including its timing, costs, and adoption  by  client/sellers  and buyers,
which  could negatively affect our business  and our operating  results, as well as result in damage to our
reputation and our prospects. In addition, the  dedication of resources to the LiquidityOne
Transformation program limits the resources we  have available to devote to other initiatives or  growth
opportunities, or to invest in the maintenance  of our internal systems. Further,  the timing of
completion of various phases of marketplace rollouts on to the new LiquidityOne platform  could  be
delayed, resulting in higher costs during the  implementation and greater strain on management  time
and resources.

We may need additional financing in  the  future, which may  not be available on favorable  terms, if at
all.

We  may need additional funds to finance  our operations,  as  well as  to  enhance our services, and

acquire inventory for our businesses, fund initiatives such as  the LiquidityOne  Transformation program,
respond to competitive pressures, acquire  complementary businesses or  technologies or otherwise
support our growth. We may also require additional funds if vendors  and  other third  parties from
whom we purchase inventory, other goods  or services  extend  less favorable  credit terms to us. Our
business may not generate the cash needed to finance such requirements.  We currently do not have a
revolving credit facility with third-party  lenders from which  we may draw  funds. If we raise additional
funds  through the issuance of equity or  convertible debt  securities, the  percentage ownership of our
existing stockholders would be reduced, and these securities  may have rights,  preferences or privileges
senior to those of our common stock. The general economic and capital  market conditions  in the
United States and other parts of the  world can deteriorate significantly, adversely affecting access to
capital and increasing the cost of capital. A large degree of uncertainty remains both domestically and
abroad, which can adversely impact access  to  capital, and the cost  of  capital. If adequate funds are not
available or are not available on acceptable terms, our ability to enhance our services, fund strategic
initiatives, respond to competitive pressures, take advantage of business opportunities  or grow our
business would be limited, and we might  need to restrict our operations and initiatives.

Shipment of merchandise sold in our marketplaces could be delayed  or  disrupted by factors beyond
our control and we could lose buyers  and  sellers as a result.

We  rely  upon third-party carriers such as United Parcel Services, or UPS, for timely delivery  of  our

merchandise shipments. As a result,  we are subject to carrier  disruptions  and  increased costs due to

21

factors that are beyond our control, including labor difficulties, inclement weather, terrorist activity  and
increased fuel costs. In addition, we do  not  have a long-term  agreement with UPS or any other third
party carriers, and we cannot be sure  that  our relationship  with UPS will  continue on terms favorable
to us, if at all. If our relationship with UPS is  terminated or impaired or if  UPS is  unable to deliver
merchandise for us, we would be required  to  use alternative carriers for the shipment of products to
our  buyers. We may be unable to engage alternative carriers on a timely basis or  on terms favorable to
us, if at all. Potential adverse consequences  include:

(cid:129) reduced visibility of order status and package tracking;

(cid:129) delays in merchandise receipt and delivery;

(cid:129) increased cost of shipment; and

(cid:129) reduced shipment quality, which may result  in damaged merchandise.

Any failure to receive merchandise at  our distribution centers or deliver products to our  buyers  in

a timely and accurate manner could lead to client dissatisfaction and cause us to lose sellers and
buyers.

A significant interruption in the operations of our customer  service system or our distribution centers
could harm our business and operating  results.

Our business depends, to a large degree, on effective customer service  and distribution  center

operations. We currently staff DoD warehouse distribution  space, for which  we do not incur leasing
costs, as well as leased commercial warehouse distribution space. These operations  could  be  harmed by
several factors, including any material disruption  or slowdown at our distribution  centers  resulting from
labor disputes, changes in the terms  of our underlying lease  agreements or occupancy  arrangements in
the case of government provided facilities, telecommunications failures,  power or  service  outages,
human error, terrorist attacks, natural  disasters  or other events. In addition, space provided to us by
the DoD could be  re-configured or reduced in the  DoD’s discretion.

If we fail to accurately predict our ability to sell merchandise in which we take inventory risk and
credit risk, our margins may decline as a  result of  lower  sale prices  from  such merchandise.

Under our profit-sharing and purchase model, we purchase merchandise and assume the risk that

the merchandise may sell for less than  we paid  for it. We assume general and physical  inventory  and
credit risk. These risks are especially  significant because some  of the goods  we sell on  our websites are
characterized by rapid technological change,  obsolescence and price erosion, and because  we sometimes
make large purchases of particular types  of  inventory. In addition, we do  not  typically receive
warranties on the surplus goods we purchase and,  as a result, we have to resell or dispose  of  any
returned goods. Historically, the number of disposed  goods (which includes  returned  goods that we
have not resold) has been less than 2% of the goods  we have purchased. To manage our inventory
successfully, we need to maintain sufficient  buyer demand and sell merchandise for a reasonable
financial return. We may overpay for  the acquired merchandise  if we miscalculate buyer  demand or the
acquired merchandise has defects of which we were unaware. In  the event that merchandise  is not
attractive to our buyer base, we may  be  required to take significant losses resulting from lower sale
prices, which  could reduce our revenue and margins. Currency  exchange rates may negatively affect our
results if we pay for inventory using a  different  currency  than  we receive when we sell the inventory.
Declines  in commodity prices may also  reduce the profit we are able to realize  in our scrap  business.
For example, we may not be able to  sell  our inventory for amounts  above its cost and we may incur a
loss in products we handle for our commercial clients.

From time to time, in our capital assets  marketplace, we  make very significant  inventory
acquisitions, such as the purchase of  semi-conductor  equipment and biopharma  and metal-working

22

machinery, for subsequent resale on our  energy  and industrial marketplaces. We plan to continue to
opportunistically make such acquisitions.  The  risks  described above are heightened in connection with
these acquisitions due to their size and,  at  times, the  limited  market  for  the assets we acquire. If  we
obtain financing to fund such acquisitions, such financing will  increase  our  costs, which will  decrease
any profits we receive from the sale  of the acquired assets.

As we grow our business, we may choose  to  increase the amount of merchandise we  purchase
directly from sellers, thus resulting in increased inventory levels and related risk.  Any  such increase
would require the use of additional working capital and subject us to the  additional risk of incurring
losses on the  sale of that inventory.

We may be unable to adequately protect  or enforce our intellectual property rights,  which  could harm
our reputation and negatively impact  the  growth of  our business.

We  regard our intellectual property, particularly domain names, copyrights and  trade secrets, as
critical to our success. We rely on a combination of contractual restrictions and copyright and trade
secret laws to protect our proprietary rights, know-how, information and technology. Despite these
protections, it may be possible for a third party  to  copy or  otherwise  obtain and use our  intellectual
property without authorization or independently develop  similar intellectual  property.

We  currently are the registered owners  of  several Internet  domain names, including

www.liquidation.com, www.govliquidation.com, www.govdeals.com, www.networkintl.com,
www.truckcenter.com, www.secondipity.com,  www.go-dove.com and www.irondirect.com. We pursue the
registration of our  domain names in  the  U.S.  and  internationally. We currently do  not  have any  patents
or registered copyrights, but we are pursuing patents. Effective patent,  copyright,  trademark,  service
mark, trade secret and domain name protection  is expensive  to  maintain  and may  require litigation.
Our competitors may adopt trade names  or domain names similar to ours,  thereby  impeding our ability
to promote our marketplaces and possibly leading to client confusion.  In  addition, we could face  trade
name or trademark or service mark infringement claims brought by owners of  other  registered or
unregistered trademarks or service marks, including trademarks or  service marks  that  may incorporate
variations of our marketplace names. Any  claims related  to our intellectual  property or client  confusion
related to our marketplaces could damage our reputation and negatively impact the growth  of  our
business.

If we fail to successfully identify, finance and  integrate acquisitions, our future operating results may
be materially adversely affected.

We have expanded our business in part through  acquisitions and may  continue to do so in the
future. The success in any future growth strategy  involving acquisitions  will depend  on our ability to
identify, and the availability of, suitable acquisition candidates. We may incur costs in the preliminary
stages of an acquisition, but may ultimately be unable or  unwilling to consummate the proposed
transaction for various reasons. In addition, acquisitions involve numerous risks, including  our ability  to
successfully integrate the acquired businesses and operations with our other businesses  and fully realize
the anticipated benefits of the acquisitions. If  we are not able to achieve these objectives in a
cost-effective and timely manner, we  may not fully  realize  the anticipated benefits of the  acquisition  or
it may take us longer to realize the benefits of the acquisition than  we  expect. Acquired operations
outside the U.S. may present unique challenges or increase  our exposure  to risks associated  with
foreign operations, including foreign  currency risks  and risks associated with local regulatory  regimes.

The integration process could result in the  loss of  key  customers, employees or vendors, increase

our operating or other costs, decrease our profit margins or disrupt our other businesses, each of which
could impair our ability to achieve the anticipated benefits of the acquisition. Our  efforts to integrate
acquired businesses will divert management’s attention and resources  from  our  other  businesses. Any

23

failure to timely realize the anticipated benefits of the  acquisition  could have a material adverse effect
on our revenues, expenses and operating  results.

Acquisitions could result in dilutive issuances of equity securities,  the incurrence of debt, one-time

write-offs of goodwill and substantial  amortization expenses of other  intangible  assets. We may  be
unable to obtain financing on favorable terms, or at all, if necessary to finance future  acquisitions,
making it impossible or more costly to  acquire other businesses. If we are able to obtain financing, the
terms may be onerous and restrict our operations. Further,  certain acquisitions may  be  subject to
regulatory approval, which can be time-consuming and costly  to  obtain, and  the terms of  such
regulatory approvals may impose limitations on  our  ongoing operations  or  require us to divest assets or
lines of business.

Our quarterly operating results have  fluctuated in  the past  and may do so  in the future, which could
cause volatility in our stock price.

Our prior operating results have fluctuated due to changes in our business and  the e-commerce

industry. Similarly, our future operating  results may vary significantly  from quarter to quarter due to a
variety of factors, many of which are beyond our control. You should not rely on  period-to-period
comparisons of our operating results  as an  indication of our  future performance. Factors that may
affect our quarterly operating results  include the following:

(cid:129) our ability to retain and increase sales  to  existing buyers, attract new buyers and  satisfy  buyer

demands;

(cid:129) our ability to retain and expand our base of sellers;

(cid:129) entry into, or the modification, termination or expiration of, material contracts;

(cid:129) the volume, size, timing and completion rate of transactions in our marketplaces, including

variability due to the timing of large, project based activities;

(cid:129) changes in the supply and demand for  and  the volume, price, mix and quality of our supply  of

surplus and salvage assets;

(cid:129) introduction of new or enhanced websites,  services or product  offerings by us or our

competitors, which may impact our margins;

(cid:129) implementation costs of significant new  contracts;

(cid:129) changes in the volume and type of value-added services we provide  to  the DoD or  other  buyers

and sellers;

(cid:129) changes in our pricing policies or the  pricing  policies of our  competitors;

(cid:129) changes in the conditions and economic prospects of the e-commerce industry  or the economy

generally, which could alter current or prospective buyers’ and sellers’ priorities;

(cid:129) impairment of goodwill or other intangible assets;

(cid:129) technical difficulties, including telecommunication  system or Internet  failures;

(cid:129) changes in government regulation of the Internet and e-commerce industry;

(cid:129) the extent to which use of our services  is affected by  spyware, viruses,  phishing and  other  spam
emails, denial of service attacks, data theft,  computer  intrusions, outages  and similar events;

(cid:129) event-driven disruptions such as war, terrorism, armed hostilities, disease and natural  disasters;

(cid:129) changes in energy and commodities prices,  including the  timing and speed of recovery in energy

sector macro conditions;

24

(cid:129) seasonal patterns in selling and purchasing activity;

(cid:129) costs related to acquisitions of technology or equipment; and

(cid:129) rising health care insurance costs.

Our operating results may fall below the expectations  of market analysts and investors  in some

future periods. If this occurs, even temporarily, it could cause volatility  in our stock price.

Our inability to use software licensed from third parties or our use  of open  source software under
license  terms that interfere with our  proprietary rights could  disrupt our  business.

We  use software licensed from third  parties, including  some software,  known as open-source
software that we use without charge.  We  currently use the following open-source software: Linux (an
operating system); MySQL (database software); PERL (an interpreter); Apache (a web  server); Java;
Liferay (content management system);  Mule (enterprise service  bus);  ActiveMQ  (message queue);
Tomcat (application container); Chef  (infrastructure automation);  and  Jenkins (code deployment)  and
we may in the future use additional open-source software. In  the future,  these licenses to third party
software may not be available on terms  that are acceptable to us, or at all.

As described above, we currently rely  on  third parties to provide cloud-based services. Upon

completion of our LiquidityOne Transformation program, we will  rely to a greater degree on
outsourced, cloud-based, platform as  a  service  solutions  not  under our direct management or  control.

Our inability to use third-party software or  to  enter into agreements on acceptable terms with

providers of cloud-based solutions could result in disruptions to our  business,  or delays  in the
development of future services or enhancements of existing services, which could impair our business.
In addition, the terms of certain open source software  licenses  may require us to provide modified
versions  of the open source software,  which we develop, if any, or any proprietary  software that
incorporates all or a portion of the open source  software, if any, to others on unfavorable license terms
that are consistent with the open source license term. If  we  are  required to  license our proprietary
software in accordance with the foregoing, our competitors  and other  third parties  could  obtain  access
to our intellectual property, which could harm our business.

Assertions that we infringe on intellectual property rights of others  could result in significant costs
and substantially harm our business and operating results.

Other parties may assert that we have infringed on  their technology or other  intellectual property

rights. We use internally developed systems and licensed technology to operate  our  online  auction
platform and related websites. Third  parties could assert intellectual property  infringement claims
against us based on our internally developed systems  or use of licensed third party technology.  Third
parties also could assert intellectual property infringement claims  against  parties from whom we  license
technology. If we are forced to defend against  any infringement claims,  whether they are with  or
without merit or are determined in our favor,  we may face  costly litigation, diversion of technical and
management personnel and/or delays  in completion of  sales. Furthermore, the  outcome of a dispute
may be that we would need to change  technology,  develop non-infringing technology  or enter into
royalty or licensing agreements. A switch  to  different  technology could cause interruptions in  our
business. Internal development of a non-infringing technology may be expensive and  time-consuming, if
we are able to successfully develop such technology at all. Royalty or licensing  agreements, if required,
may be unavailable on terms acceptable to us, or  at all. Incurrence of any of these costs  could
negatively impact our operating results.

25

If we do not retain our senior management and  other  key personnel, we may not  be able to achieve our
business  objectives.

Our future success, including our ability to implement successfully the LiquidityOne transformation

program is substantially dependent on  the continued service of our  senior management and  other key
personnel, particularly William P. Angrick, III,  our chief  executive officer. We do not have  key-person
insurance on any of our officers or employees. The loss of any member of our existing senior
management team could damage key seller relationships, result in  the loss  of key information,  expertise
or know-how, lead to unanticipated recruitment and training  costs and  make  it more  difficult to
successfully operate our business and achieve our business goals.  Further, the loss of any  of our  key
personnel involved in the implementation  of the  LiquidityOne Transformation  program may  cause
delays in, or otherwise impair, the successful implementation of the program.

If we are unable to attract and retain  skilled  employees, our business may  be harmed.

Our future success depends on our ability to continue  to  attract, retain and motivate  highly skilled

employees, particularly employees with  sales, marketing, operations  and technology  expertise.
Competition for employees in our industry is intense. We have  experienced difficulty from time to time
in attracting the personnel necessary to  support the growth  of our  business,  and we may experience
similar difficulties in the future. If we are unable to attract,  assimilate and retain employees with the
necessary skills, we may not be able  to  grow our business and  revenue  as expected and  we could
experience increased turnover, decreased levels of customer service, low  morale, inefficiency or internal
control failures.

The seasonality of our business places increased strain on our operations.

We  have seasonality in each portion of  our business. We expect a  disproportionate amount of

transactions on our marketplaces to occur at certain  times during the  year.  If we  are unable to
effectively manage increased demand, or  the increased flow  of  goods that we typically experience
during these times, it could significantly affect our revenue  and our future growth.  If too many
customers access our websites within  a short period of  time due to increased demand, we may
experience system interruptions that  make our websites unavailable or prevent  us  from providing
efficient service, which may reduce our  GMV and the attractiveness of our value-added  services. In
addition, we may be unable to adequately  staff  our  distribution centers  during  these  peak periods.

Our international operations expose us  to  a number of risks.

Our international activities are significant to our revenues and profits, and  we may continue to

expand internationally. It is costly to  establish, develop, and maintain international operations and
websites, and promote our brand internationally. Our  international operations may not be profitable on
a sustained basis. In addition to risks  described elsewhere in this section, our international operations
are subject to a number of risks, including:

(cid:129) local economic and political conditions, or  civil unrest  that may disrupt economic activity in

affected countries;

(cid:129) government regulation of e-commerce and other services, competition, and  restrictive

governmental actions (such as trade protection measures, including export duties and quotas  and
custom duties and tariffs), nationalization,  and restrictions on foreign ownership;

(cid:129) restrictions on sales or distribution  of certain products or services and uncertainty  regarding

liability for products and services, including uncertainty  as a result  of  less Internet-friendly legal
systems, local laws, lack of legal precedent, and varying  rules, regulations,  and practices
regarding the enforcement of intellectual property rights;

26

(cid:129) business licensing or certification requirements, such as for imports, exports, and  web services;

(cid:129) limitations on the repatriation and  investment of funds and foreign currency exchange

restrictions;

(cid:129) shorter payable and longer receivable cycles and  the resultant negative impact on cash  flow;

(cid:129) laws and regulations regarding consumer and  data protection, privacy, network security,

encryption, payments, and restrictions on pricing or discounts;

(cid:129) lower levels of consumer spending and fewer  opportunities for  growth compared to the U.S.;

(cid:129) lower levels of credit card usage and  increased  payment risk;

(cid:129) different employee/employer relationships and the  existence of works councils;

(cid:129) compliance with the U.S. Foreign Corrupt Practices Act  and other applicable  U.S. and foreign

laws prohibiting certain payments to government  officials  and other third  parties;

(cid:129) laws and policies of the U.S. and other  jurisdictions  affecting trade, foreign investment, loans,

and taxes; and

(cid:129) geopolitical events, including war and  terrorism.

Our operations are subject to extensive  anti-corruption  laws and regulations.

Due to the international scope of our operations, we are subject to the U.S. Foreign  Corrupt
Practices Act, the U.K. Bribery Act and similar  foreign anti-corruption laws. These laws generally
prohibit companies and their intermediaries from making improper payments or providing anything of
value to improperly influence foreign government  officials  for the  purpose of obtaining or retaining
business, or obtaining an unfair advantage.  Global enforcement  of  these laws  has increased substantially
in recent years. Violations of anti-corruption laws or regulations by our employees  or by intermediaries
acting on our behalf may result in severe  criminal  or civil sanctions, could  disrupt our  business,  and
result in an adverse effect on our reputation, business and results  of operations  or financial  condition.

The economic effects of ‘‘Brexit’’ may  affect relationships with  existing and future customers and could
have an adverse impact on our business and  operating  results.

On June 23, 2016, the United Kingdom (the ‘‘U.K.’’) held a referendum in  which voters approved

an exit  from the European Union (‘‘E.U.’’), commonly referred  to  as ‘‘Brexit.’’ The referendum is
non-binding; however, it is expected  to  be  passed  into  law,  after which  negotiations  will  commence to
determine the future terms of the U.K.’s relationship  with the E.U. The impact on us  from Brexit  will
depend, in part, on the outcome of tariff, trade, regulatory  and other negotiations.

As a result of the referendum, the global  markets  and currencies have been  adversely impacted,
including a sharp decline in the value  of the British  pound as compared  to  the U.S.  dollar. A potential
devaluation of the local currencies of  our  international  buyers relative to  the U.S. dollar may  impair
the purchasing power of our international buyers and  could  cause  international buyers  to  decrease their
participation in our marketplaces or use  of our services.

Volatility in exchange rates resulting  from Brexit is  expected to continue  in the short term as the

U.K. negotiates its exit from the E.U.  We  translate sales and  other results denominated in  foreign
currency into U.S. dollars for our financial statements. During periods of a strengthening dollar,  our
reported international sales and earnings could be reduced because foreign currencies may translate
into fewer U.S. dollars.

The withdrawal of the U.K. from the E.U.  may create  global economic uncertainty, which may
cause  our buyers to reduce their participation in our marketplaces or cause  our  customers generally  to

27

reduce their spending on our products and services. In addition, Brexit could lead to legal  uncertainty
and potentially divergent national laws  and  regulations  as the U.K. determines  which E.U. laws to
replace or replicate, and those laws and  regulations  may  be  cumbersome, difficult or costly in  terms of
compliance. Any of these effects of Brexit, among others, could adversely affect our business, financial
condition, operating results and cash  flows.

We face legal uncertainties relating to  the Internet in  general and  to the e-commerce  industry in
particular and may become subject to  costly government regulation.

The laws and regulations related to the Internet  and e-commerce  are evolving. These laws and

regulations relate to issues such as user  privacy, freedom of expression, pricing, fraud,  quality of
products and services, taxation, advertising,  intellectual property rights and information  security. Laws
governing issues such as property ownership, copyrights and other intellectual  property issues, taxation,
libel and defamation, obscenity and personal  privacy could also affect our business. Laws adopted  prior
to the advent of the Internet may not contemplate  or address  the unique issues  of the Internet and
related technologies and it is not clear  how they will apply. Current and future  laws  and regulations
could increase our cost of doing business  and/or decrease  the demand for our services.

Our auction business may be subject to a  variety of additional costly  government regulations.

Many states and other jurisdictions have regulations  governing the conduct of traditional

‘‘auctions’’ and the liability of traditional ‘‘auctioneers’’ in conducting auctions, as  well as the  handling
of property by ‘‘secondhand dealers’’, which may apply to online auction services. In addition, certain
states have laws or regulations that expressly apply to online auction services. We  expect to continue  to
incur costs in complying with these laws  and could be subject  to  fines or other  penalties  for any failure
to comply with these laws. We may be required to make changes in  our business to comply with these
laws, which could increase our costs,  reduce  our revenue, cause us  to  prohibit  the listing  of certain
items or restrict certain listing formats in some locations,  or otherwise  adversely affect our financial
condition or operating results.

In addition, the law regarding the potential liability of an online auction service for the activities  of

its  users is not clear. Users of our websites  may not always  comply  with our terms  and conditions  or
with laws and regulations applicable  to them and  their  transactions. It is possible that we may  be
subject to allegations of civil or criminal liability for  any unlawful activities  conducted by sellers or
buyers. Any costs we incur as a result of any such allegations, or as a result of actual or  alleged
unlawful transactions using our marketplaces, or in  our efforts to prevent any such  transactions, may
harm our opportunities for future revenue growth. In addition, any  negative publicity we  receive
regarding any such transactions or allegations  may  damage our reputation, our  ability to attract new
sellers and buyers and our business.

Certain categories of merchandise sold  on our marketplaces are subject to government restrictions.

We  sell merchandise, such as scientific instruments, information technology  equipment and aircraft
parts, that is subject to export control and  economic sanctions  laws, among other  laws,  imposed by the
United States and other governments.  Such restrictions include the U.S. Export Administration
Regulations, the International Traffic in Arms  Regulations,  and economic sanctions and  embargo laws
administered by the Office of the Foreign Assets Control Regulations. These restrictions prohibit us
from, among other things, selling property to (1)  persons or entities that appear on  lists  of  restricted or
prohibited parties maintained by the  United States or  other governments  or (2) countries,  regimes, or
nationals that are the target of applicable economic sanctions or other embargoes. In addition, for
specified categories of property sold under our contracts with the  DoD, we  are required  to  (1) obtain
an end-use certificate from the prospective  buyer describing the nature  of  the buyer’s business,
describing the expected disposition and  specific end-use of  the  property,  and  acknowledging the

28

applicability of pertinent export control  and economic sanctions laws and (2)  confirm that each buyer
has been cleared to purchase export-controlled items.

We  may incur significant costs or be required  to  modify our business to comply with these

requirements. If we are alleged to have  violated any of these  laws or regulations we  may be subject to
civil and criminal penalties and administrative sanctions, including termination of contracts, forfeiture
of profits, suspension of payments, fines, and suspension or debarment  from doing business with  U.S.
federal government agencies. In addition,  we could suffer  serious harm to our  reputation if allegations
of impropriety are made against us, whether  or not true.

We are exposed to risks related to cybersecurity and protection of confidential information.

We  retain highly confidential information on behalf of  our clients in our systems and databases.

Although we maintain security features  in our systems  that are designed to  protect customer
information and prevent data loss and  other  security breaches, such measures cannot provide  absolute
security and our operations may be susceptible to breaches,  including  from circumvention  of  security
systems, denial of service attacks or other cyber-attacks, hacking,  computer  viruses or  malware,
technical malfunction, employee error, malfeasance, physical  breaches, system disruptions or  other
disruptions. These disruptions may jeopardize the security of information stored  in and transmitted
through our systems. An increasing number  of websites,  including those owned by several other large
Internet and offline companies, have  disclosed breaches of their security, some of which  have involved
sophisticated and highly targeted attacks on portions  of their  websites  or infrastructure.  The techniques
used to obtain unauthorized access, disable, or degrade  service,  or  sabotage systems, change frequently,
may be difficult to detect for a long  time, and often are  not  recognized until  launched against a  target.
Certain efforts may be state sponsored and supported by significant financial and technological
resources and therefore may be even  more difficult to detect.  As a result, we  may be unable to
anticipate these techniques or to implement adequate  preventative  measures.  As the  Department of
Defense is one of our clients, our systems  may be especially targeted by such malicious attackers.  We
currently expend, and may be required to expend significant  additional  capital  and other  resources  to
protect against such security breaches  or  to  alleviate problems caused by such breaches. These issues
are likely to become more difficult as we  expand our operations. Any breach  of our  security measures,
or even a perceived breach of our security measures, could cause us to lose clients, suffer material
harm to our business, financial condition,  operating results  and reputation  or be subject to regulatory
actions, sanctions or other statutory penalties, litigation, liability for failure to safeguard our clients’
information. Further, the loss of confidential  client information could  also expose us to the risk of
liability and costly litigation. In addition,  if there  is any  perception  that we cannot  protect our clients’
confidential information, we may lose  the  ability  to  retain  existing clients  and attract  new clients and
our  revenue could decline.

If we fail to comply with increasing levels of regulation relating to privacy, our business  could suffer
harm.

We  are subject to regulation at the federal, state and  international levels relating  to  privacy and
the use of third-party data, including personal user information and employee data. These statutory  and
regulatory requirements are evolving, increasing  in complexity and number,  and may  change
significantly. How companies collect, process,  use, store, share or transmit  personal  and employee data
is subject to increasing scrutiny by governments as  well as  the public, which could influence the
adoption of legislation or regulation.  New  statutory  or regulatory  developments may restrict  our  ability
to collect and use demographic and personal information from our  buyers and our sellers, which  could
be costly or harm our marketing efforts.  Further, there may be conflicts  among  the privacy  and data
protections laws adopted by the various countries in  which we  operate. Judicial and  regulatory
application and interpretation of these  statutory  and regulatory requirements are often uncertain and

29

may also limit our marketing efforts. Compliance  with regulations  regarding  privacy, security and
protection of user and employee data, increased government  or  private enforcement, and changing
public attitudes about data privacy, may  increase the cost of  growing  our  business  and require  us  to
expend significant capital and other resources. Our failure to comply with these federal, state and
international laws and regulations could subject  us  to  lawsuits,  fines,  criminal penalties, statutory
damages, adverse publicity and other costs which could decrease our profitability.

We may be subject to product liability claims  if people  or property  are harmed by the  products we sell.

Some of  the products we sell through  our  online  marketplaces or at our  IronDirect  and

TruckCenter store locations may expose  us to product liability claims relating to personal injury, death,
or environmental or property damage,  and may  be  the subject of  product recalls  or other actions. Our
exposure to product liability claims may  be increased by the fact that  we  sell products manufactured by
third parties. For example, if the manufacturers do not have  sufficient protection  from such claims,  we
may be subject to claims relating to the products in question. Defense of any such  actions could be
costly and involve significant time and attention of our management and other resources,  may result in
monetary liabilities or penalties, and may  require us to change  our business  in an adverse manner.
Although we maintain liability insurance,  we cannot  be  certain that our coverage will be adequate for
liabilities actually incurred or that insurance will continue  to  be  available to us on  economically
reasonable terms, or at all. In addition,  some  of our agreements with our  vendors  and sellers do not
indemnify us  from product liability.

If one or more states successfully assert that we should  collect sales or other  taxes on the sale of  our
merchandise or the merchandise of third parties that  we  offer for sale on our websites, our  business
could be harmed.

The application of indirect taxes (such as sales and use tax, value-added tax (‘‘VAT’’), goods and

services tax, business tax and gross receipt tax) to ecommerce businesses is  a complex and evolving
issue. Many of the fundamental statutes and regulations that impose these taxes were established
before the adoption and growth of the Internet and ecommerce. In many  cases, it  is not clear how
existing statutes apply to the Internet  or ecommerce.  In  addition,  governments around  the world are
increasingly looking for ways to increase revenues, which has resulted in discussions  about tax reform
and other legislative action to increase  tax revenues, including through indirect taxes. There  are many
transactions that occur during the ordinary course of business for which  the ultimate tax determination
is uncertain.

We  are currently required to collect and remit sales taxes in all  states  for shipment of goods from

our  DoD contracts. We also collect and remit sales or other similar taxes in respect of shipments of
other goods into states in which we have a substantial presence. In  addition,  as we  grow  our business,
any new operation in states in which we currently do not collect and remit sales taxes could subject
shipments into such states to state sales taxes under current or future laws.

U.S. Supreme Court decisions restrict  the imposition of  obligations to collect  state and local  taxes

with respect to sales made over the Internet. However, a  number of states have adopted or  are
considering laws that levy additional taxes  on Internet access  and electronic commerce transactions.
Congress is also considering legislation  allowing states to require out-of-state sellers to collect sales and
use taxes for ecommerce transactions. It is not possible  to  predict with  any degree of  certainty  the
outcome of these initiatives or the impact of these initiatives on our business  and marketing strategies
that we are considering or may consider in the  future.

An unfavorable change in U.S. Supreme  Court  guidance related to sales tax, or a  successful
assertion by one or more jurisdictions  that our sale of merchandise in such jurisdiction is subject to
sales or other taxes may result in material  tax  liabilities, interest  and  penalties. A change in state or

30

federal laws, or our business model, business strategy, or  marketing  initiatives  may require us to collect
sales tax on transactions in which we  do not currently collect such  tax.  These developments,  should they
occur, may result in a decrease in future sales, may decrease  our ability to compete, increase  our
compliance costs or otherwise harm our  business.

Similar issues exist outside of the United States,  where the  application  of VAT or  other indirect

taxes on  ecommerce providers is complex and evolving. On  January 1,  2015, changes to the rules
determining the place of supply (and  thus the country  of  taxation)  for all European  Union based
providers of electronically supplied services were implemented that require that we pay VAT based on
the residence or normal place of business of our customers.  These  changes may result  in our paying a
higher  rate of VAT or VAT on a higher number of transactions.  Additionally, we pay input VAT on
applicable taxable purchases within the  various countries in  which we operate. In most cases, we are
entitled to reclaim this input VAT from  the various  countries. However, the application of the laws and
rules that allow such reclamation is sometimes  uncertain. A successful assertion  by  one or more
countries that we are not entitled to  reclaim VAT could  harm our business. In certain jurisdictions, we
collect and remit indirect taxes on our fees and pay  taxes on  our purchases  of goods and services.
However, tax authorities may raise questions about our calculation, reporting  and collection  of  taxes
and may ask us to remit additional taxes,  as  well as the  proper calculation of such  taxes. Should any
new taxes become applicable or if the taxes we  pay are found to be deficient, our  business  could  be
harmed.

Fraudulent activities involving our websites  and disputes relating to transactions on  our websites may
cause us to lose clients and adversely  affect our ability to grow our business.

We  are aware that other companies operating online auction or  liquidation services have

periodically received complaints of fraudulent activities of buyers or sellers on  their websites, including
disputes over the quality of goods and  services, unauthorized use of  credit card and bank account
information and identity theft, potential breaches of system security, and infringement of third-party
copyrights, trademarks and trade names or other intellectual  property  rights. We may  receive similar
complaints if sellers or buyers trading in  our marketplaces are  alleged to have engaged in  fraudulent or
unlawful activity. In addition, we may suffer  losses as a  result of purchases paid  for with fraudulent
credit card data even though the associated  financial institution approved payment. In the  case of
disputed transactions, we may not be able  to require  users of our services to fulfill  their  obligations to
make payments or to deliver goods. We also may receive complaints from buyers about  the quality of
purchased goods, requests for reimbursement, or communications  threatening  or commencing legal
actions against us. Negative publicity  generated as  a result of fraudulent  conduct by third parties  or the
failure to satisfactorily settle disputes related to transactions on our websites could damage our
reputation, cause us to lose clients and adversely affect  our ability to grow our  business.

False or defamatory statements transmitted through our  services could  harm  our  reputation and  affect
our ability to attract clients.

The law relating to the liability of online services companies for information carried on or

disseminated through their services is currently unsettled. Claims could be made against  online  services
companies under both the U.S. and foreign law for defamation, libel,  invasion of privacy,  negligence,
copyright or trademark infringement, or  other theories based on the nature  and content  of  the
materials disseminated through their services. Our website allows users to make comments regarding
the online auction industry in general and other users  and their merchandise in particular.  Although all
such comments are generated by users  and not by us, we are aware  that claims  of defamation  or other
injury have been made against other  companies operating auction services in  the past and could be
made in the future against us for comments made by users. If we are held liable for  information
provided by our users and carried on our service, we could  be  directly harmed and may be forced to
implement measures to reduce our liability. This may require us  to  expend substantial resources or
discontinue certain service offerings, which  could negatively affect our  operating results. In addition,
the increased attention focused upon  liability issues  as a result of these lawsuits and legislative
proposals could harm our reputation and  affect our ability to attract clients.

31

Failure to maintain effective internal  controls  over financial reporting  could have a  material  adverse
effect on our business, operating results  and stock price.

Section 404 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act of 2002 requires that we include in  our annual report a
report containing management’s assessment of  the effectiveness of our internal  controls over financial
reporting as of the end of our fiscal year  and a  statement  as to whether  or  not  such internal controls
are effective. Compliance with these requirements has  resulted in, and is  likely to continue to result in,
significant costs and the commitment  of time and operational resources. The LiquidityOne
Transformation program, as well as other  changes in  our  business, including initiatives to invest in
information systems or to transition particular functions to third  party providers, will  necessitate
modifications to our internal controls. We cannot  be  certain that our current  design for internal control
over financial reporting, or any changes  to  be  made, will be  sufficient to enable management  to
determine that our internal controls are  effective for any period,  or on  an ongoing basis.  If we  are
unable to assert that our internal controls  over  financial  reporting are  effective, market  perception  of
our  financial condition and the trading  price of our stock may be adversely affected, and client
perception of our business may suffer.

Our internal control policies and procedures may not always protect  us from reckless or  criminal

acts committed by our employees, agents  or third parties  with whom we work. Internal  controls may
become  less effective over time as a  result  of, among other things, changes in conditions, failures  to
comply  with our policies and procedures or new business that  strains  our system of internal  controls.

Changes  in accounting and reporting policies or  practices may  affect our financial results, which may
affect our stock price.

Our accounting policies are fundamental to determining and understanding our  financial  results
and condition. Some of these policies require our management to use estimates  and make subjective
and complex judgments about matters that are  uncertain. Factors  may  arise over time that lead us to
change our estimates and judgments.  In some  cases, our management must select the  accounting policy
or method to apply from two or more  alternatives, any  of which  may be reasonable under  the
circumstances, yet may result in us reporting materially different  results than would have  been reported
under a different alternative. Any changes  in accounting  policies  or  methods could reduce our net
income, which reductions may be independent of changes  in our  operations. These  reductions in
reported net income could cause our stock price to decline.  For example, our operating results for the
fourth quarter, and full fiscal year 2016  have been affected  by our recording of a valuation allowance
against our deferred tax assets and by our  recording of an  impairment of goodwill.

The success of our business depends  on our ability to market quality  products that  meet our
customers’ needs.

Our business relies on continued demand for the products we offer.  To compete effectively, we
must offer products that appeal to our customers. This is  dependent on a number of factors, including
our  ability to acquire products that meet  the quality, performance  and price expectations of our
customers and our ability to develop  effective  sales, advertising and marketing programs. Failure to
continue to offer competitive products  to  the marketplace, to supply  products that meet  applicable
regulatory requirements, or to predict  market  demands for,  or gain market acceptance of,  such
products, could have a negative impact on our  business,  results of operations and financial condition.

We expect IronDirect’s business will  be highly sensitive to  general economic conditions and  economic
conditions in the industries it will serve.

The construction equipment industry is cyclical and  its  revenues  are  closely  tied to general
economic conditions and to conditions in  the non-residential construction industry in particular.  As a

32

result, we expect demand for IronDirect’s products and services will be cyclical  and may  be  significantly
reduced in an economic environment  characterized by  lower levels of government  and business
investment, lower levels of business confidence,  lower corporate earnings,  perceived or actual  industry
overcapacity, higher unemployment and lower consumer  spending. A prolonged period  of  slow growth
may also reduce demand for IronDirect’s  products and services. Economic  conditions affecting the
industries IronDirect will serve may lead to reduced  capital expenditures by its  customers  which may, in
turn, lead to a decrease in the demand for IronDirect’s products and services. We expect IronDirect’s
customers will operate in the non-residential construction  and oil and gas end-markets and,  to  a lesser
extent, in industrial activity and residential  construction  end-markets. These are cyclical businesses  that
are sensitive to changes in general economic conditions. Weakness in these  end-markets, such as a
decline  in non-residential construction,  oil and gas end-markets or industrial activity, may lead  to  a
decrease in the demand for IronDirect’s equipment or the  prices we can  charge. Factors that may  cause
weakness in these end-markets include:

(cid:129) weakness in the economy, decreases in the market value of real estate or the onset of a new

recession;

(cid:129) slowdowns in residential construction  and/or non-residential construction;

(cid:129) continued decline and/or volatility in  oil and gas prices as well as slowdowns in the  oil and gas

industry;

(cid:129) reductions in spending levels by customers;

(cid:129) unfavorable credit markets affecting end-user access to capital;

(cid:129) adverse changes in the federal and  local government  infrastructure  spending;

(cid:129) increases in the cost of construction materials;

(cid:129) increases in interest rates; and

(cid:129) terrorism or hostilities involving the United States.

In addition, the cyclicality of the construction equipment  industry  may  make  it more  difficult for  us

to forecast trends. Uncertainty regarding future  product demand could cause us to maintain excess
equipment inventory, which will increase  our equipment inventory costs. Alternatively, if we are not
able to predict periods of increased demand,  we may lose  customers if  we do not have enough
equipment to satisfy demand.

We plan to provide financing and credit  support for  some of our customers.

We  assist customers in their rental, leasing  and  acquisition of products sold through  our IronDirect

and TruckCenter business. We intend to provide financing for some  of  our  customers,  primarily in the
U.S., to acquire vehicles and equipment through loans, sales-type leases, and operating leases. We may
enter into these financing agreements  with the  intent either to hold the financing until maturity  or to
sell the financing to a third party within a  short time  period.  Until such financing  obligations are
satisfied through either customer payments or a  third-party sale, we retain  the risks associated with
such customer financing. Our results could be adversely  affected  if such customers  default on their
contractual obligations to us, if the residual values of such  equipment on these transactions  decline
below the original estimated values or  we are unable to sell  the financing receivable to a  third  party.

In addition, we expect our customers,  from time  to  time, may fund the acquisition of equipment or
vehicles through third-party finance companies. In certain instances, we may  provide credit  guarantees,
residual value guarantees or buyback  guarantees.  With these  guarantees, we  must  assess the probability
of losses or non-performance in ways  similar to the evaluation of accounts receivable, including
consideration of a customer’s payment history, leverage, availability of  third  party financing, political

33

and currency exchange risks, and other  factors. Many of these factors, including the assessment of a
customer’s ability to pay, are influenced  by  economic and market  factors that  cannot be predicted with
certainty. In circumstances where we believe  it  is probable that  a  specific  customer will have difficulty
meeting  its financial obligations, we will  record a specific reserve  to  recognize a liability for a guarantee
we expect to pay, taking into account  any  amounts that we  anticipate realizing if we  are forced to
repossess the equipment that supports the customer’s  financial  obligations to us. During periods of
economic weakness, the collateral underlying our guarantees  of  indebtedness of customers or
receivables can decline sharply, which  would  increase our exposure to losses. In  the future,  we may
incur losses in excess of our recorded reserves  if  the financial condition of our customers were to
deteriorate further or the full amount of any anticipated proceeds from  the sale  of  the collateral
supporting our customers’ financial obligations is not realized.  To  date, losses related  to  guarantees
have been negligible; however, there  can be no  assurance that our historical experience with  respect to
guarantees will be indicative of future  results.

Our stock price has been volatile, and your investment in our common stock could  suffer  a decline in
value.

The worldwide financial crisis led to an increase in the overall  volatility of  the stock market.
Despite improved stock market performance, the increased volatility and other broad  market  and
industry factors may adversely affect the market price of our common stock,  regardless  of our  actual
operating performance. Other factors  that could  cause fluctuation in our  stock price  may include:

(cid:129) actual or anticipated variations in quarterly operating results;

(cid:129) changes in financial estimates by us or by a  securities analyst who  covers our stock;

(cid:129) publication of research reports about our company  or industry;

(cid:129) conditions or trends in our industry;

(cid:129) stock market price and volume fluctuations of other publicly traded companies  and, in particular,

those whose business involves the Internet and e-commerce;

(cid:129) announcements  by us or our competitors  of significant  contracts (or the amendment or loss of
such contracts), acquisitions, commercial relationships,  strategic  partnerships or divestitures;

(cid:129) announcements  by us or our competitors  of technological innovations, new  services or service

enhancements;

(cid:129) announcements  of investigations or regulatory scrutiny of our operations or lawsuits  filed against

us;

(cid:129) the passage of legislation or other  regulatory developments  that adversely affect us,  our clients

or our industry;

(cid:129) additions or departures of key personnel;

(cid:129) sales of our common stock, including  sales  of  our common stock by  our  directors and officers or

specific stockholders; and

(cid:129) general economic conditions and slow  or negative growth  of  related  markets.

Volatility in the market price of shares may prevent investors  from being able to sell  their shares

of common stock at prices they view as attractive. In the past, securities class action litigation has  often
been instituted against companies following  periods of  volatility  in their  stock price. This type of
litigation could result in substantial costs and  divert  our management’s attention and resources.

34

Some provisions of our charter, bylaws and  Delaware law inhibit  potential acquisition bids that you
may consider favorable.

Our corporate documents and Delaware law contain  provisions  that may  enable our board  of

directors to resist a change in control of  our company even if a change  in control were to be
considered favorable by you and other  stockholders. These  provisions include:

(cid:129) a staggered board of directors;

(cid:129) a prohibition on actions by our stockholders by  written  consent;

(cid:129) limitations on persons authorized to call a special  meeting of stockholders;

(cid:129) the authorization of undesignated preferred stock, the  terms of which may be established  and

shares of which may be issued without stockholder approval;

(cid:129) advance notice procedures required for stockholders to nominate candidates  for election  as

directors or to bring matters before an annual meeting of stockholders;  and

(cid:129) the requirement that board vacancies be filled by a majority of our  directors  then in office.

These provisions could discourage, delay or prevent a transaction  involving a change  in control of
our  company. These provisions could also discourage proxy contests and make  it more  difficult for  you
and other stockholders to elect directors of  your choosing and cause us to take other corporate  actions
you desire. In addition, our bylaws provide  that the Delaware  Court  of  Chancery  will be the  exclusive
forum for certain types of legal action (or, if the Court of Chancery does  not  have jurisdiction, another
state court or a federal court within Delaware). This provision may make it  more difficult for you  and
other stockholders to challenge certain  corporate actions we  take.

Item 1B. Unresolved Staff Comments.

Not Applicable

35

Item 2. Properties.

We  lease the following properties:

Purpose

Location

Square Feet

Lease Expiration Date

Corporate Headquarters
Warehouse
Warehouse
Warehouse
Administrative
Administrative
Warehouse
Warehouse
Warehouse
Storage Lot
Warehouse
Administrative
Administrative
Storage Lot
Storage Lot
Storage Lot
Storage Lot
Storage Lot
Testing Facility
Warehouse
Warehouse
Warehouse
Administrative
Warehouse

Washington, D.C., USA
Dallas,  Texas, USA
Plainfield, Indiana, USA
North Las  Vegas, Nevada, USA
Scottsdale, Arizona, USA
Plano, Texas  USA
Obetz, Ohio,  USA
Oklahoma City,  Oklahoma, USA
Columbus,  Ohio, USA
Oklahoma City,  Oklahoma, USA
Oklahoma City,  Oklahoma, USA
Montgomery,  Alabama,  USA
Houston,  Texas, USA
Fontana,  California, USA
Blue Mound, Texas,  USA
Indianapolis,  Indiana, USA
Atlanta,  Georgia, USA
Wilmington,  Delaware,  USA
Asheville, NC, USA
Hayward, California, USA
Hazelwood,  Missouri,  USA
Atlanta,  Georgia, USA
London, GBR
Brampton,  Canada

27,250

September 30,  2019
127,144 December 31,  2020
187,704 April  30, 2019
102,400 March 31, 2021

February 28, 2019
June  30, 2021

23,536 December  31, 2016
12,234 December 31,  2021
340,000
319,000
516,174 December  31,2016
435,600
122,200 Month  to  Month
11,356
12,422 March 31,  2018

September 30,  2017

June  30, 2021

511,830 May 31, 2018
727,500 May  31, 2018
697,000 May 31,  2018
479,200 May  31, 2018
484,000 May 31, 2018

1,502,820 December 31, 2016
24,600 October  31, 2018
21,368 December  31, 2016
47,636 May  31, 2018
July 12, 2017
6,036
February 28,  2017
53,621

In addition, we lease various administrative  spaces in  North  America totaling 46,714  square  feet, in

Europe, 4,864 square feet, and in Asia,  9,088 square  feet. We also own a 420,000  square feet
warehouse located in North Wilkesboro,  North Carolina, USA. Our servers are housed in  data  centers
in Ashburn, Virginia, which is managed  by Equinix, Inc.

Item 3. Legal Proceedings.

From time to time, we may become involved  in litigation relating to claims arising in  the ordinary

course of our business.

Howard v. Liquidity Services, Inc., et al., Civ. No. 14-1183 (D. D. C. 2014).

On July 14, 2014, Leonard Howard filed a putative class  action complaint in the  United States
District  Court for the District of Columbia (the ‘‘District  Court’’) against the Company  and its chief
executive officer, chief financial officer, and chief  accounting officer,  on behalf of stockholders who
purchased the Company’s common stock between  February 1, 2012, and May 7, 2014. The  complaint
alleges that defendants violated Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934 by,
among other things, misrepresenting the Company’s growth initiative, growth potential,  and financial
and operating conditions, thereby artificially inflating its share price,  and  seeks  unspecified
compensatory damages and costs and expenses, including attorneys’ and experts’ fees. On October 14,
2014, the Court appointed Caisse de  D´epˆot et Placement du Qu´ebec and  the Newport News
Employees’ Retirement Fund as co-lead  plaintiffs. The  plaintiffs filed an amended complaint on
December 15, 2014, which alleges substantially similar claims  but  which does  not  name the chief
accounting officer as a defendant. On  March 2, 2015, the  Company moved to dismiss the amended
complaint for failure to state a claim  or plead fraud with  the requisite  particularity. On  March 31, 2016,

36

the Court granted that motion in part  and denied it in part. On  May 16, 2016, the Company answered
the amended complaint. Pursuant to the scheduling order  in this action, document production  shall be
substantially complete by January 13,  2017, class certification shall be fully briefed by May 2, 2017,  all
fact discovery shall be completed by  August 31, 2017, and expert discovery  shall be completed  by
February 23, 2018.

The Company believes the allegations in  the amended complaint  are without merit and cannot

estimate a range of potential liability,  if  any, at  this  time.

Billard v. Angrick, et al., Civ. No. 16-1612-BAH (D. D. C. 2016)  and Slingerland v. Angrick, et al.,

Civ. No. 16-1725-BAH (D. D. C. 2016).

Two of the Company’s stockholders filed putative derivative  actions on behalf  of the Company

against certain individuals who served on  the Company’s Board  of  Directors or as members of its
management between 2012 and 2014. The cases are  pending  in the District Court.

On June 8, 2016, Harold Slingerland  filed a putative derivative complaint in the Superior Court for
the District of Columbia (the ‘‘Superior  Court’’), purportedly  on behalf of  the Company against certain
individuals who served on the Company’s  Board of Directors or as members of the  Company’s
management between February 1, 2012,  and  May 7, 2014. The complaint asserted that, among other
things, the defendants breached their fiduciary duties  to  the Company  and its stockholders by
supposedly causing or allowing the Company to make  the same misstatements  that  are alleged  in the
putative class action complaint and exposing the  Company to potentially  significant costs and  expenses
in connection with defending that action.  The  complaint sought  monetary  damages from  the defendants
other than the Company, changes to the Company’s corporate governance,  disgorgement of any profits,
benefits, or other compensation obtained by the director  defendants, and an award of attorneys’ fees,
costs, and expenses for plaintiff’s counsel.  The  plaintiff in this putative derivative action never  served
his complaint and, on August 3, 2016, the  action was voluntarily dismissed.

On August 8, 2016, Thomas Billard filed  a putative derivative complaint in  the District Court,
which  challenges conduct similar to that challenged in  the Slingerland complaint filed in the Superior
Court, and which asserts claims against the Company’s Board and certain former Board members and
members of management. The Billard complaint  asserts  derivative  claims for  breach of  fiduciary, waste,
unjust enrichment, and insider trading.  On August 24, 2016, the  District Court entered a  briefing
schedule pursuant to which the defendants shall  move to dismiss the  Billard  complaint  solely on forum
non conveniens grounds based on a Delaware forum selection clause contained in the  Company’s
bylaws, without prejudice to any other grounds for dismissal  under Federal Rules of  Civil Procedure
12(b) or 23.1. This motion is fully briefed and awaiting decision.

On August 25, 2016, the Slingerland  plaintiff filed a putative derivative complaint in the District

Court that alleges substantially the same  claims as raised in the Billard  derivative complaint. On
October 21, 2016, the Court entered  an order staying the defendants’ obligation  to  respond to this
complaint to and including January 19,  2017.

On September 23, 2016, the plaintiffs and defendants in  the Billard and Slingerland actions filed a

proposed stipulation and order that would  consolidate the two actions into  a ‘‘Consolidated Action’’
and that provides that defendants’ motion to dismiss the  Billard complaint  on forum non conveniens
grounds is deemed to have been made in the Consolidated Action.  The  proposed stipulation  and order
further provides that if defendants’ motion to dismiss on forum non conveniens grounds is denied, the
parties to the Consolidated Action shall  submit a proposed order  setting forth  a deadline for  the filing
of a consolidated complaint and subsequent motions and  deadline.

The Company believes the allegations in  both  complaints are  without merit and cannot estimate a

range of potential liability, if any, at this time.

Item 4. Mine Safety Disclosures.

Not applicable.

37

Item 5. Market for Registrant’s Common Equity, Related Stockholder  Matters  and Issuer Purchases

PART II

of Equity Securities.

Price Range of Common Stock

Our common stock has been traded on The NASDAQ Stock  Market under  the symbol  LQDT
since February 23, 2006. The following table sets  forth the intra-day high and low per share bid price of
our  common stock as reported by The  NASDAQ Stock Market for  the periods indicated.

Fiscal year ended September 30, 2015

Low

High

First Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Second Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Third Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fourth Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$7.41
$7.32
$8.60
$6.65

$13.80
$10.50
$11.00
$ 9.89

Fiscal year ended September 30, 2016

First Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Second Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Third Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fourth Quarter . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$6.20
$4.42
$5.10
$7.06

$ 9.19
$ 6.58
$ 7.84
$11.25

As of October 28, 2016, there were approximately 8,250 beneficial  holders of our common stock

and 17 holders of record of our common stock.

Dividend Policy

Since becoming a public company on  February  22, 2006,  we have  not  paid cash  dividends  on our

stock and currently anticipate that we  will continue to retain any future  earnings to finance the  growth
of our business.

38

COMPARISON OF 5 YEAR CUMULATIVE TOTAL RETURN*
Among Liquidity Services, Inc, the Russell 2000  Index,  the S&P Smallcap 600  Index,
and a Peer Group

$300

$250

$200

$150

$100

$50

$0

9/11 12/11 3/12 6/12 9/12 12/12 3/13 6/13 9/13 12/13 3/14 6/14 9/14 12/14 3/15 6/15 9/15 12/15 3/16 6/16 9/16

Liquidity Services, Inc 

Russell 2000 

S&P Smallcap 600 

9NOV201613004602
Peer Group 

*

$100 invested on 9/30/11 in stock  or  index, including reinvestment of dividends. Fiscal year ending
September 30.
Copyright(cid:4) 2016 Standard & Poor’s, a division of S&P Global.  All rights reserved.Copyright(cid:4)
2016 Russell Investment Group. All rights  reserved.

Item 6. Selected Financial Data.

You should read the following selected  consolidated  financial data together with our  consolidated

financial statements and the related notes,  and with ‘‘Management’s Discussion and  Analysis  of
Financial Condition and Results of Operations,’’ included  elsewhere  in this Annual Report on
Form 10-K. The consolidated statement of operations data  for the  years  ended September  30, 2014,
2015 and 2016 and the consolidated balance sheet  data  as of September 30, 2015 and 2016  are derived
from, and are qualified by reference  to, our consolidated financial statements that have been audited by
Ernst & Young LLP, an independent registered public accounting  firm, and  that  are included  in this
Annual Report on Form 10-K. The consolidated  statement of operations  data for the years ended
September 30, 2012 and 2013, and the consolidated balance sheet data  as of September 30, 2012,  2013

39

and 2014 are derived from our audited  consolidated  financial statements that are not included in this
Annual Report on Form 10-K.

Consolidated Statement of Operations

Data:

Revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fee revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

Total revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Costs and expenses:

Cost of goods sold (excluding

amortization) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Profit-sharing distributions . . . . . . . . . .
Technology and operations . . . . . . . . . .
Sales and marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General and administrative . . . . . . . . .
Depreciation and amortization . . . . . . .
Acquisition costs and related fair value

adjustments and impairment of
goodwill and long-lived assets . . . . . .
Business disposition loss . . . . . . . . . . .

Total costs and expenses . . . . . . . . . .

Income from continuing operations . . . . .
Interest income (expense) and other

income (expense), net . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Income (loss) from continuing operations

before income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Provision (benefit) for income taxes . . . . .

Net income (loss)

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Basic earnings (loss) per common share:
Basic earnings per common share . . . . . .

Diluted earnings (loss) per common share:
Diluted earnings per common share . . . . .

Year ended September 30,

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

(dollars in thousands, except per share  data)

415,829
59,475

475,304

$

404,041
101,815

505,856

$

388,671
106,990

495,661

$

315,668
81,457

397,125

$

233,828
82,626

316,454

198,123
43,242
67,553
31,252
37,107
14,166

1,695
—

393,138

82,166

199,494
35,944
90,052
40,170
48,950
17,374

5,921
—

437,905

67,951

211,659
35,055
108,940
41,951
49,428
16,595

(18,384)
—

445,244

50,417

166,009
28,093
99,743
41,465
41,418
9,235

147,414
7,963

541,340

(144,215)

143,127
11,214
93,405
37,570
39,717
6,502

19,037
—

350,572

(34,118)

(2,218)

704

(370)

(171)

1,217

79,948
31,652

48,296

1.57

1.47

$

$

$

68,655
27,551

41,104

1.30

1.26

$

$

$

$

$

$

50,047
19,657

(144,386)
(39,571)

(32,901)
27,025

30,390

$ (104,815) $

(59,926)

0.97

0.97

$

$

(3.50) $

(1.96)

(3.50) $

(1.96)

Basic weighted average shares  outstanding .

30,854,796

31,616,926

31,243,932

29,987,985

30,638,163

Diluted weighted average shares

outstanding . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

32,783,079

32,657,236

31,395,301

29,987,985

30,638,163

Non-GAAP Financial Measures:
EBITDA from continuing operations(1) . .
Adjusted EBITDA from continuing

$

96,332

$

85,325

$

67,012

$ (134,980) $

(27,616)

operations(1) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

110,144

104,625

63,013

33,075

3,668

Supplemental Operating Data:
Gross merchandise volume from

continuing operations(2) . . . . . . . . . . .
Completed transactions(3) . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total registered buyers(4) . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total auction participants(5) . . . . . . . . . .

$

864,226
501,000
2,186,000
2,105,000

$

973,325
530,000
2,424,000
2,458,000

$

931,556
547,000
2,615,000
2,538,000

$

798,977
567,000
2,845,000
2,483,000

$

642,078
574,000
2,986,000
2,417,000

40

As of September 30,

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

(in thousands)

Consolidated Balance Sheet Data
Cash, cash equivalents and short-term investments . . . . .
Working capital(6) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Total stockholders’  equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$104,782
53,194
400,408
150,405
250,003

$ 95,109
79,289
421,344
106,465
314,879

$ 62,598
77,935
431,718
114,735
316,983

$ 95,465
119,225
288,488
72,486
216,002

$134,513
99,424
260,109
97,498
162,611

(1) EBITDA from continuing operations and adjusted  EBITDA from continuing  operations  are  supplemental

non-GAAP financial measures. GAAP means generally accepted  accounting  principles  in  the United  States.
EBITDA is equal to net income plus  (a) interest  income  (expense)  and  other  income  (expense),  net;
(b) provision for income taxes; (c) amortization of  contract intangibles; and  (d) depreciation and  amortization.
Our definition of adjusted EBITDA is different from  EBITDA  because we  further  adjust EBITDA  for  stock
based compensation expense, acquisition  costs  such  as  transaction  expenses and  changes in  earn  out  estimates,
business realignment expense, goodwill  and long-lived  assets  impairment,  and  business  disposition loss.  For a
description of our use of EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA and a reconciliation  of these  non-GAAP  financial
measures to net income, see the discussion  and  related table  below.

(2) Gross merchandise volume is the  total sales  value  of all merchandise sold through  our  marketplaces  during a

given period.

(3) Completed transactions represent  the number  of  auctions in a given period  from which  we have  recorded

revenue.

(4) Total registered buyers as of a given date  represent the  aggregate  number of persons  or entities  who  have

registered on one of our marketplaces.

(5) For each auction we manage, the  number of  auction  participants represents  the total  number of registered
buyers who have bid one or more times on  that auction,  and total  auction  participants  for a  given  period  is
the sum of the auction participants in each  auction  conducted during  that  period.

(6) Working capital is defined  as current assets  minus  current liabilities.

We  believe non-GAAP financial measures, such  as EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA, are useful to

an investor in evaluating our performance  for the following reasons:

(cid:129) The amortization of contract intangibles relates  to  the amortization of the  Scrap Contract

beginning in June 2005, the Wal-Mart Agreement beginning in  October 2011,  and an  assumed
contract associated with the National Electronic Service  Association  (NESA) acquisition on
November 1, 2012. Depreciation and amortization  expense primarily relates  to  property and
equipment. Both of these expenses are non-cash charges  that  have significantly fluctuated over
the past five years. As a result, we believe  that adding back these non-cash charges to net
income is useful in evaluating the operating performance of our business on  a consistent basis
from year to year.

(cid:129) As a result of varying federal and state income tax rates, we believe that presenting a  financial
measure that adjusts net income for provision for income taxes is useful  to  investors  when
evaluating the operating performance of  our business on a consistent  basis from  year to year.

(cid:129) The authoritative guidance for stock-based compensation requires all share-based payments  to
employees, including grants of employee  stock options, restricted stock and stock appreciation
rights to be recognized in the income  statement  based on their estimated fair values. We believe
adjusting net income for this stock-based compensation expense is useful to investors when
evaluating the operating performance of  our business on a consistent  basis from  year to year.

(cid:129) We believe adjusting net income for acquisition and disposition related transaction expenses and

changes in contingent consideration is  useful to investors when evaluating the operating
performance of our business on a consistent basis  from year to year.

41

(cid:129) We believe adjusting net income for business realignment expense is useful  to  investors when

evaluating the operating performance of  our business on a consistent  basis from  year-to-year, as
these expenses are infrequent in nature and have been incurred only twice in the  financial
periods presented.

(cid:129) We believe isolating non-cash charges, such  as amortization and depreciation, and  other  items,
such as impairment costs incurred outside  our ordinary  course  of  business,  provides additional
information about our cost structure, and, over  time, helps track  our performance.

(cid:129) We believe EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA are important  indicators of our operational  strength

and the performance of our business  because they  provide a link between profitability and
operating cash flow.

(cid:129) We also believe that analysts and investors  use EBITDA and  adjusted  EBITDA as  supplemental

measures to evaluate the overall operating performance of companies in our industry.

Our management uses EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA:

(cid:129) as measurements of operating performance because  they  assist us in  comparing our operating

performance on a consistent basis as they  remove the impact of items not directly resulting  from
our  core operations;

(cid:129) for planning purposes, including the  preparation of our internal annual operating budget;

(cid:129) to allocate resources to enhance the financial  performance of our business;

(cid:129) to evaluate the effectiveness of our  operational strategies;  and

(cid:129) to evaluate our capacity to fund capital expenditures  and expand our business.

EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA as calculated by us are not necessarily comparable to similarly

titled measures used by other companies. In addition, EBITDA  and  adjusted EBITDA: (a)  do not
represent net income or cash flows from  operating activities as defined  by GAAP; (b) are  not
necessarily indicative of cash available  to  fund our cash  flow  needs;  and (c)  should not be considered as
alternatives to net income, income from  operations, cash provided  by operating activities  or our other
financial information as determined under GAAP.

We  prepare adjusted EBITDA by adjusting EBITDA  to  eliminate the impact of items that we  do

not consider indicative of our core operating performance. You are encouraged to evaluate these
adjustments and the reasons we consider  them appropriate for supplemental analysis. As  an analytical
tool, adjusted EBITDA is subject to  all  of  the  limitations applicable to EBITDA. Our  presentation of
adjusted EBITDA should not be construed as  an implication that our future results  will be unaffected
by unusual or non-recurring items.

42

The table below reconciles income from continuing operations to EBITDA and adjusted EBITDA

from continuing operations for the periods presented.

Net income (loss) from continuing operations .
Interest and other income (expense),  net . . . . .
Provision (benefit) for income taxes . . . . . . . .
Depreciation and amortization . . . . . . . . . . . .

EBITDA from continuing operations . . . . . . .
Stock compensation expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Acquisition costs and related fair value

adjustments and impairment of goodwill and
long-lived assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Business disposition loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Business realignment expense . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Year ended September 30,

2012

2013

2014

2015

2016

$ 48,296
2,218
31,652
14,166

96,332
12,117

$ 41,104
(704)
27,551
17,374

(in thousands)
$ 30,390
370
19,657
16,595

$(104,815) $(59,926)
(1,217)
27,025
6,502

171
(39,571)
9,235

85,325
13,379

67,012
12,605

(134,980)
12,405

(27,616)
12,247

1,695
—
—

5,921
—
—

(18,384)
—
1,780

147,414
7,963
273

19,037
—
—

Adjusted EBITDA from continuing operations

$110,144

$104,625

$ 63,013

$ 33,075

$ 3,668

Item 7. Management’s Discussion and Analysis of Financial  Condition and  Results of Operations.

The following discussion should be read in conjunction  with our consolidated financial statements and

related notes and the information contained under the caption ‘‘Selected Consolidated Financial Data’’
contained elsewhere in this Annual Report on Form  10-K. This discussion contains forward-looking
statements that involve risks and uncertainties. Our  actual results could vary materially from those indicated,
implied, or suggested by these forward-looking statements as a result  of  many factors,  including those
discussed under ‘‘Risk Factors’’ and elsewhere in this Annual Report on  Form 10-K.

Overview

About us. We employ innovative e-commerce marketplace solutions to manage, value, and sell
inventory and equipment for business  and  government clients.  We operate  a network of leading
e-commerce marketplaces that enable  buyers and  sellers  to  transact in an  efficient,  automated
environment offering over 500 product  categories.  The Company’s marketplaces  provide professional
buyers access to a global, organized supply of new, surplus, and  scrap assets  presented  with digital
images and other relevant product information. Additionally, the  Company enables its corporate and
government sellers to enhance their financial return on assets offered for sale by providing  a liquid
marketplace and value-added services  that encompass the  consultative management, valuation, and sale
of surplus assets. Our broad range of  services include  program management, valuation,  asset
management, reconciliation, RTV and RMA (‘‘Return to Vendor’’ and ‘‘Returns  Management
Authorization’’), refurbishment and recycling, fulfillment, marketing and  sales,  warehousing and
transportation, buyer customer support,  and compliance  and  risk mitigation. We organize the  products
on our marketplaces into categories across major industry verticals  such as  consumer electronics,
general merchandise, apparel, scientific equipment, aerospace  parts and equipment, technology
hardware, energy equipment, industrial capital assets, fleet and transportation  equipment and  specialty
equipment. Our network of marketplaces includes: www.liquidation.com, www.govliquidation.com,
www.govdeals.com, www.networkintl.com, www.truckcenter.com, www.secondipity.com,
www.go-dove.com, and www.irondirect.com. We have  over 8,000 clients,  including  Fortune 1000  and
Global 500 organizations as well as government agencies. We  have one reportable segment consisting of
operating e-commerce marketplaces for sellers and buyers of new,  surplus,  and scrap assets.

43

We  believe our ability to create liquid marketplaces for  surplus and salvage assets  generates  a
continuous flow of goods from our corporate and government sellers. This valuable and reliable flow  of
goods in turn attracts an increasing number of professional  buyers to our marketplaces. During fiscal
year 2016, the number of registered buyers grew from  approximately  2,845,000 to approximately
2,986,000, or 5.0%. During the past three fiscal years, we  have conducted  over 1,688,000 online
transactions generating approximately  $2.4 billion in  gross merchandise volume or GMV.  We believe
the continuous flow of goods in our marketplaces attracts  a  growing buyer  base  which creates a virtual
cycle for our buyers and sellers.

Our history. We were incorporated in Delaware in November 1999 as Liquidation.com, Inc. and
commenced operations in early 2000. During 2000, we developed  our ecommerce marketplace platform
and began auctioning merchandise primarily  for small commercial sellers and government  agencies. In
2001, we changed our name to Liquidity  Services, Inc. In June 2001,  we were awarded our first major
Department of Defense (DoD) contract, the Surplus Contract. Under this agreement, we became the
exclusive contractor with the DLA Disposition Services, for the  sale of usable DoD surplus assets in the
United States. In June 2005, we were  awarded an additional exclusive contract with the  DLA
Disposition Services to manage and sell  substantially all DoD scrap  property.  During 2005, we opened
our  first distribution center in Dallas,  Texas and began serving the  reverse logistics needs of top  100
retailers.

Our revenue. We offer our sellers three primary transaction  models: a Purchase  model,  a Consignment
model, and an Other model.

(cid:129) Purchase model. Under our purchase model, we offer our sellers a fixed amount or the option  to
share a portion of the proceeds received from our  completed sales in the form  of  a distribution.
Distributions are calculated based on  the value we receive  from  the sale  after deducting a
required return to us that we have negotiated with the seller. Because  we are  the primary
obligor, and take general and physical inventory risks and credit risk  under this transaction
model, we recognize as revenue the sale price  paid  by the buyer upon completion of a
transaction. Revenue from our purchase model  accounted  for approximately  64.0%, 64.1%, and
63.7% of our total revenue for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2014, 2015 and 2016,
respectively. The merchandise sold under  our purchase  model accounted for  approximately
34.6%, 32.7%, and 30.4% of our GMV for the fiscal years ended September 30,  2014, 2015 and
2016, respectively.

(cid:129) Consignment model—fee revenue. Under our consignment model, we recognize commission
revenue from sales of merchandise in our  marketplaces  that is owned by others. These
commissions, which we refer to as seller commissions, represent a  percentage of  the sale  price
the buyer pays upon completion of a transaction. We vary the percentage amount of  the seller
commission depending on the various  value-added services we provide  to  the seller to facilitate
the transaction. For example, we generally increase  the percentage amount of  the seller
commission if we take possession, handle, ship and / or provide enhanced  product information
for the merchandise. We collect the seller commission by  deducting  the appropriate amount
from the sales proceeds prior to the  distribution to the  seller after completion of the transaction.
Revenue from our consignment model accounted for  approximately 21.6%, 20.6%, and 20.9% of
our  total revenue for the fiscal years  ended  September 30, 2014, 2015 and 2016, respectively, and
is recorded as fee revenue in the Consolidated Statements of Operations. The  merchandise sold
under our consignment model accounted for approximately 57.7%,  59.7%, and 64.6% of our
GMV for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2014, 2015 and 2016, respectively.

(cid:129) Other. The Other category includes revenue  from profit-sharing arrangements as well  as

non-consignment fee revenue. Under our  profit-sharing model,  we  purchase inventory  from our
suppliers and share with them a portion of the profits received from  a  completed  sale in the

44

form of a distribution. Distributions are  calculated based on the  value  received  from the sale
after deducting allowable costs, such  as sales  and  marketing,  technology and operations  and
other general and administrative costs.  Because we  are the primary obligor, and  take general
and physical inventory risks and credit risk under this transaction model, we recognize as
revenue the sale price paid by the buyer upon  completion of a transaction. Other revenue
accounted for approximately 14.4%, 15.3%, and 15.4% of  our total revenue for the fiscal  years
ended September 30, 2014, 2015 and 2016,  respectively, and approximately 7.7%, 7.6%,  and
5.0% of our GMV for the fiscal years ended  September 30, 2014,  2015 and 2016, respectively.

We  collect a buyer premium on substantially all  of  our transactions under all of our transaction

models. Buyer premiums are calculated  as a percentage of the  sale price  of the merchandise sold  and
are paid to us by the buyer. Buyer premiums  are in addition to the  price of the merchandise.  Under
our  profit-sharing model, we typically share the proceeds of any buyer premiums with  our  sellers.

Industry trends. We believe there are several industry trends impacting the  growth of our business
including: (1) the increase in the adoption  of  the  Internet by  businesses to conduct e-commerce both in
the United States and abroad; (2) in the near term the  decrease in the volume, innovation, and price of
consumer electronic products, resulting in lower supply  from  our retail  clients and lower per unit  prices
and  margins in our retail goods marketplace,  although  in the  long term  we expect innovation  in the
retail supply chain will increase the pace of product obsolescence  and, therefore, the supply  of  surplus
assets; (3) the increase in the volume of returned  merchandise handled by both online and  offline
retailers; (4) the increase in government regulations and the need for corporations to have
sustainability solutions necessitating verifiable recycling and remarketing of surplus assets; (5) the
increase  in outsourcing by corporate  and  government  organizations of disposition  activities for surplus
and  end-of-life assets as they focus on reducing costs, improving  transparency,  compliance and working
capital flows, and increasingly prefer  service providers with a proven track  record, innovative scalable
solutions and the ability to make a strategic impact  in the reverse supply  chain, which  we expect to
increase  our seller base; and (6) an increase in buyer demand  for surplus  merchandise as consumers
trade down by purchasing less expensive goods and seek greater  value  from their purchases, which
results in lower per unit prices and margins  in our retail goods vertical.

Our Seller Agreements

Our DoD agreements. We have two contracts with the DoD pursuant to which we acquire, manage and
sell excess property:

(cid:129) Surplus Contract. The Surplus Contract (third awarded to us since 2001) is a competitive-bid

contract under which we acquire, manage and  sell usable DoD surplus personal property turned
into the DLA. Surplus property generally consists  of items  determined by the DoD to be no
longer needed, and not claimed for reuse by any federal agency, such as computers,  electronics,
office supplies, scientific and  medical equipment, aircraft parts, clothing and textiles. The Surplus
Contract  requires us to purchase all usable surplus  property offered by the  DoD  at 4.35%  of the
DoD’s original acquisition value (OAV). The current, or  third,  Surplus Contract  became
effective December 2014, covers only non-rolling  stock and has a base term of two years with
four one-year options to extend. The prior, or  second,  Surplus  Contract required  us  to  purchase
all rolling and non-rolling usable surplus  property offered by the DoD at 1.8% of  the DoD’s
OAV; the wind-down period under the second  Surplus Contract will remain in  effect  until
January 2017 to allow for the continued processing of usable Recycling Control Point (RCP)
non-rolling stock surplus property.

The Surplus Contract accounted for 26.8%, 24.7% and  31.0%  of our  revenue and 14.3%,  12.3%

and  12.7% of our GMV for the fiscal  years  ended September  30, 2014, 2015 and  2016, respectively.

45

The DoD has broad discretion to determine what  property will  be  made  available for sale to us

under the Surplus Contract and may retrieve or restrict property  previously sold  to  us  for national
security, public safety, or other reasons  or if  the property is  otherwise needed to support  the mission of
the DoD.

(cid:129) Scrap Contract. In June 2005 the Company was awarded  the original Scrap  Contract which was

structured as a profit-sharing arrangement with  75.2% of the profits distributed to the DLA, and
1.8% to a third party. The contract was amended in  June  2015 to adjust  the DLA  profit sharing
percentage to 65.0%, eliminating the  distribution to the third party. The Scrap  Contract is a
competitive-bid contract under which we  acquire, manage and sell substantially all scrap property
of the DoD turned into the DLA. Scrap  property generally consists of items determined by the
DoD to have no value beyond their base material content value, such  as metals,  alloys,  and
building materials.

Under the first Scrap Contract, we acquired  scrap property  at a  per  pound price and disbursed to

the DLA a percentage of the profits, currently 65% of the  amount  realized  from the sale of the
inventory, after deduction for allowable  expenses.  We refer to these disbursement payments  to  the DoD
as profit-sharing distributions. We recognized as revenue the gross  proceeds  from these  sales.  The  DoD
reimbursed us for certain direct expenses  deemed  to  be  payable  by the  DoD  rather than  by  us. During
fiscal 2015, if the Company’s customer  base  met certain  small business criteria as defined in the
contract, we received an additional incentive payment which was withheld from  payments to the  DLA.
The prior Scrap Contract expired on  September 30, 2016. On  April 8,  2016, the DLA awarded the
second  Scrap Contract to the Company.  Under the  second Scrap Contract, the Company  acquires scrap
property from the DLA and pay the DLA a  revenue-sharing payment equal to 64.5% of the gross
resale proceeds. The Company bears all of the costs for the  sorting, merchandising and sale  of the
property. The second Scrap Contract has  a 36-month base term, commencing in  the first quarter of
fiscal year 2017, with two 12-month extension options exercisable by  the DLA.

The Scrap Contract accounted for 14.4%, 15.3%  and  10.2% of our revenue  and 7.7%, 7.6% and

5.0% of our GMV for the fiscal years ended  September 30, 2014,  2015 and 2016, respectively.

Our Commercial Agreements

We  have various contracts with Wal-Mart Stores, Inc., under which we purchase certain consumer
products from Wal-Mart that have been removed  from the sales stream of  its  retail operations. All of
these agreements have customary commercial terms, which generally  expire within a  year  and allow
both parties to terminate for convenience with  reasonable notice. We also had  a long-term contract
with Wal-Mart that was terminated effective December 8, 2014.  As part of a final settlement of claims
Wal-Mart paid us $7.5 million in February  2015.

On September 30, 2015, we sold certain assets  related to the  Jacobs Trading Company  to  a buyer,

Tanager Acquisitions, LLC. In connection with the disposition,  the buyer  assumed certain liabilities
related to the Jacobs Trading Company.  The buyer  issued  to us a promissory note in  the amount of
$12.3 million. The divestiture of the  Jacobs  Trading Company resulted in an  $8.0 million loss.  The  sale
generated a tax loss that resulted in a $30.9 million cash benefit  from  prior year income taxes. In fiscal
year 2016, we received $30.1 million  of tax  refunds related to this cash benefit,  plus an additional
$5.0 million for an overpayment of taxes  paid in fiscal year 2015.

During  fiscal year  2016, we had over 600 corporate clients  who each sold in excess of $10,000 of

surplus and salvage assets in our marketplaces. Our agreements  with these clients are generally
terminable at will by either party.

46

Key Business Metrics

Our management periodically reviews certain  key  business  metrics  for operational  planning

purposes  and to evaluate the effectiveness of our operational strategies, allocation  of resources and  our
capacity  to fund capital expenditures  and  expand our business. These  key business metrics include:

Gross merchandise volume. Gross merchandise volume, or GMV, is the total sales value of all
merchandise sold through our marketplaces  during a given period. We review GMV because it provides
a measure of the volume of goods being sold in our marketplaces and thus  the activity of those
marketplaces. GMV also provides a means to evaluate the effectiveness of investments that we have
made and continue to make, including in the areas of customer support,  value-added services, product
development, sales and marketing, and operations. The GMV of  goods sold in our marketplace during
fiscal year 2016 totaled $642.1 million.

Completed transactions. Completed transactions represents the number of auctions in  a given period
from which we have recorded revenue.  Similar  to  GMV, we believe that completed transactions is a key
business metric because it provides an  additional measurement of the volume of activity flowing
through our marketplaces. During the fiscal  year ended  September 30, 2016, we completed
approximately 574,000 transactions.

Total registered buyers. We grow our buyer base through a combination of marketing and promotional
efforts. A person becomes a registered buyer  by completing an  online  registration process  on one of
our  marketplaces. As part of this process, we collect business and personal information, including
name, title, company name, business address and  contact information, and information on how the
person intends to use our marketplaces.  Each prospective buyer must also accept our terms and
conditions of use. Following the completion  of the online registration process, we verify each
prospective buyer’s e-mail address and confirm that the person  is not listed on any banned persons list
maintained internally or by the U.S.  federal government.  After the verification process, which is
completed generally within 24 hours, the  registration is approved and activated and the prospective
buyer is added to our registered buyer  list.

Total registered buyers, as of a given date,  represents  the aggregate  number of  persons or entities

who have registered on one of our marketplaces. We use  this metric to evaluate  how well our
marketing and promotional efforts are  performing. Total registered buyers excludes duplicate
registrations, buyers who are suspended  from utilizing our marketplaces and those buyers who have
voluntarily removed themselves from  our registration database.  In addition,  if we become aware of
registered buyers that are no longer in business,  we remove  them from  our database. As of
September 30, 2016, we had approximately 2,986,000 registered buyers.

Total auction participants. For each auction we manage, the number  of auction participants represents
the total number of registered buyers who have bid  one or more times in  that  auction.  As a result, a
registered buyer who bids, or participates,  in more than one auction is counted as an auction
participant in each auction in which he or she participates. Thus, total auction participants for a given
period  is the sum of the auction participants in  each auction conducted  during  that  period. We  use this
metric to allow us  to compare our ecommerce marketplaces to our competitors, including  other
ecommerce auction sites and traditional on-site auctioneers.  In addition, we measure total auction
participants on a periodic basis to evaluate  the activity  level of our  base  of  registered buyers  and to
measure the performance of our marketing and  promotional efforts. For the  fiscal  year  ended
September 30, 2016, approximately 2,417,000 total auction  participants participated in auctions on our
marketplaces.

47

Critical Accounting Estimates

Our discussion and analysis of our financial condition and results of  operations are  based upon our
consolidated financial statements, which  have  been prepared in accordance  with U.S. generally accepted
accounting principles (GAAP). The preparation of these  consolidated financial statements  requires us
to make estimates and judgments that affect the reported amounts of assets, liabilities, revenue  and
expenses, and related disclosure of contingent assets and liabilities. A ‘‘critical accounting estimate’’ is
one which is both  important to the portrayal of  our  financial condition and  results and requires
management’s most difficult, subjective or  complex judgments,  often as a  result of the need to make
estimates about the effect of matters that  are inherently uncertain. We continuously evaluate our
critical accounting estimates. We base  our  estimates on historical experience and on  various other
assumptions that are believed to be reasonable under  the circumstances, the results of which  form the
basis for making judgments about the  carrying values  of assets and liabilities that are  not  readily
apparent from other sources. Actual results  may  differ from these estimates  under different
assumptions or conditions.

Revenue recognition. For transactions in our marketplaces, which generate substantially all of our
revenue, we recognize revenue when all of the following criteria are met:

(cid:129) a buyer submits the winning bid in  an auction and, as a  result, evidence of an  arrangement exists

and the sale price has been determined;

(cid:129) the buyer has assumed risks and rewards  of ownership; and

(cid:129) collection is reasonably assured.

Most of our sales are recorded subsequent  to  receipt of payment  authorization, utilizing credit
cards, wire transfers and PayPal, an Internet based payment system,  as methods  of payments.  As a
result, we are not subject to significant  collection risk, as goods  are  generally not shipped  before
payment is received.

Revenue is also evaluated to determine whether to report the gross proceeds as  revenue (when  we

act as the principal in the arrangement)  or  report our net commissions  and related fees as revenue
(when we act as an agent). In arrangements in which  we are  deemed to be the primary obligor, bear
physical and general inventory risk, and credit risk, we recognize as  revenue the  gross proceeds from
the sale, including buyer’s premiums. For Arrangements in which  we  act as an agent or broker  on a
consignment basis, without taking general or physical inventory risk, revenue  is recognized based on the
sales commissions that are paid to us by  the sellers for utilizing our services; in  this  situation,  sales
commissions represent a percentage  of the  gross proceeds  from the sale that the seller pays  to  us  upon
completion of the transaction. We also recognize  buyer premiums in consignment arrangements.

We  have evaluated our revenue recognition policy  related to  sales under our  profit-sharing  model
and determined it is appropriate to account for these sales on a gross basis. The following factors were
most heavily relied upon in our determination:

(cid:129) We are the primary obligor in the  arrangement,  and we have general inventory risk.

(cid:129) We are the seller in substance and  in  appearance to the buyer; the  buyer contacts us  if there is a

problem with the purchase. Only we  and the  buyer are parties to the  sales contract and the
buyer has no recourse to the supplier. If the  buyer has  a problem,  he  or  she looks to us, not the
supplier.

(cid:129) The buyer does not and cannot look to the supplier for fulfillment or for product acceptability

concerns.

(cid:129) We take title to the inventory upon  paying the amount set forth in the contract with  the

supplier. Such amount is generally a percentage of the  supplier’s original acquisition cost under

48

our  Surplus Contract, a percentage of  the supplier’s last retail  price under certain commercial
contracts and varies depending on the type of the  inventory purchased  or  a fixed price per
pound under our Scrap Contract.

(cid:129) We are at risk of loss for all amounts paid to the supplier in  the event the  property is damaged
or otherwise becomes unsaleable. In addition,  as payments made for inventory are  excluded
from the calculation for the profit-sharing  distribution under  our DoD contracts,  we effectively
bear inventory risk for the full amount paid to acquire the  property  (i.e., there is no sharing of
inventory risk).

In fiscal  year 2016, approximately 11.1% of our revenue was generated outside of the  U.S.

Business  combinations. We recognize all of the assets acquired, liabilities  assumed,  contractual
contingencies, and contingent consideration at  their  fair value on the acquisition date.  Acquisition-
related costs are recognized separately  from the  acquisition  and expensed as incurred. Restructuring
costs incurred in periods subsequent  to the  acquisition  date are  expensed  and changes  to  the fair value
of contingent consideration are recorded  in  the statement of operations subsequent to the  acquisition
date.  Subsequent changes to the purchase price (i.e., working capital adjustments) or  other fair value
adjustments determined during the measurement period  are recorded as an adjustment to goodwill. All
subsequent changes to a valuation allowance or uncertain  tax  position that relate to the  acquired
company and existed at the acquisition  date  that  occur both  within the measurement period  and as a
result of facts and circumstances that  existed at the acquisition date are  recognized as  an adjustment to
goodwill. All other changes in valuation allowances  are recognized as a reduction or increase  to  income
tax expense or as a direct adjustment to additional  paid-in-capital as required.

Valuation of goodwill and other intangible assets. We identify and value intangible assets that we
acquire in business combinations, such  as  customer  arrangements,  customer relationships and
non-compete agreements, that arise from  contractual  or other legal rights or that are capable of being
separated or divided from the acquired entity  and  sold,  transferred, licensed, rented or exchanged. The
fair value of identified intangible assets  is based upon an estimate of  the future economic benefits
expected to result from ownership, which represents the amount at which  the assets could be bought or
sold in a current transaction between  willing parties, that is, other than in a forced or liquidation sale.

We  test goodwill for impairment annually or more frequently if events or circumstances indicate
impairment may exist. We test our long-lived assets and finite-lived intangible assets  for impairment
whenever events or circumstances indicate that the  carrying amount of an asset may  not  be  recoverable.
Examples of such events or circumstances could  include  a significant change in business climate, a loss
of significant customers, or a significant decline in stock price. With  regard to goodwill we first make  a
qualitative evaluation about the likelihood  of goodwill  impairment to determine  whether we should
calculate the fair value of a reporting  unit. If our qualitative evaluation indicates a likelihood of
goodwill impairment, we apply a two-step  fair value-based test to assess goodwill for  impairment. The
first step compares the fair value of a reporting unit to its carrying amount. If the carrying amount of
the reporting unit exceeds its fair value, the second  step of the test is then performed.  The second step
compares the carrying amount of the  reporting unit’s goodwill to the implied fair value of the  goodwill.
If the fair value of goodwill is less than the carrying  amount  of  the the reporting  unit, an impairment
loss would be recorded in our statements of operations.  With regard to long-lived assets and finite-lived
intangible assets, they are amortized  over their estimated useful lives and are reviewed for impairment
only if events or changes in circumstances indicate that  their carrying amount may not be realizable.

Our management makes certain estimates and assumptions in  order to determine the  fair value of
net assets and liabilities, including, among other things, an assessment  of  market  conditions, projected
cash flows, cost of capital and growth  rates,  which  could significantly impact the reported value of
goodwill, long-lived assets and finite-lived  intangible assets. Estimating future cash flows  requires
significant judgment, and our projections may vary from cash flows eventually realized. Valuations

49

prepared by management employ a combination of present value techniques  to  measure fair value,
corroborated by comparisons to market  information. These valuations are  based on  a discount  rate
determined by our management to be consistent with industry discount rates and  the risks inherent in
our  current business model.

Determining the fair value of a reporting unit  requires the exercise of significant judgment,

including judgments about the appropriate discount  rates,  terminal growth rates, weighted average costs
of capital, exit multiples, and the amount  and timing of expected future cash  flows. The  judgments used
in determining the fair value of our reporting  units are  based on  significant unobservable inputs which
causes the determination of the implied fair value of goodwill to fall  within level three of the  GAAP
fair value hierarchy. The cash flows employed in  the discounted cash flow analysis  are based  on the
most recent budgets, forecasts, and business plans as well as various  growth rate assumptions for  years
beyond the current business plan period. Discount rate assumptions  are  based on an  assessment of the
risk inherent in the future revenue streams  and  cash flows of the  reporting unit. Various factors,
including the failure to successfully implement our business  plan for any of our reporting units, as well
as other factors beyond our control,  could have  a negative effect on the fair  value of  such reporting
unit, and increase the risk of further impairments  of goodwill in the future.

A reporting unit represents a component of an operating  segment that  (a) constitutes a business,

(b) has discrete financial information,  and (c) its performance  is reviewed  by  management. At fiscal
year-end 2015, the Company had two reporting units—LSI-Retail  Supply Chain Group (RSCG) and
LSI-Capital Assets Group (CAG). During  fiscal  year  2016, in light of new business ventures  and
management restructuring, the Company  concluded  it now has five reporting  units—RSCG, CAG,
LSI-GovDeals, LSI-Truckcenter, and LSI-IronDirect.

In previous years we performed the annual  goodwill impairment assessment as  of  September 30,
which  is the end of our fiscal year. However,  during fiscal year 2016, the  Company made a voluntary
change in the method of applying an  accounting principle to change the  date of the  annual goodwill
and finite-lived intangible assets impairment assessment. The  date was  changed from September 30 to
July 1, the first day of our fiscal fourth  quarter.  As a  result, the annual goodwill impairment assessment
was performed as of July 1, 2016, for fiscal year  2016. The Company believes that changing the annual
goodwill impairment assessment date  allows for enhanced internal  controls over  financial reporting  by
providing additional time during the  fiscal fourth quarter to perform  necessary analyses  and reviews.

During  the three months ended December 31, 2014, we  identified  indicators of impairment,
including the termination of the Wal-Mart Agreement  on December 1, 2014, the significant  decline in
market capitalization during the quarter,  and continued uncertainty in  projections for  fiscal  year  2015
and beyond. As a result, we performed step one of  our goodwill impairment  test as  of December  31,
2014. Based on step one of the goodwill impairment  test as of the interim testing date, we determined
that the carrying values of our two reporting units exceeded their fair  values.  Accordingly, step two  of
the goodwill impairment test was performed,  where we determined the estimated fair values of the
assets and liabilities of the reporting  units. As  a result  of  the step  two test, we recorded a goodwill
impairment charge of $85.1 million during the  first quarter of fiscal year 2015.

As part of our annual impairment assessment as of September  30, 2015, we identified indicators  of

impairment, including a decline in market capitalization and continued uncertainty in projections for
fiscal year 2016 and beyond. Based on the results  of step  one of our goodwill impairment analysis as of
the fiscal year ended September 30, 2015, the  carrying values of both of our  two reporting  units
exceeded  their fair value. Accordingly,  step  two  of  the goodwill impairment test was performed, where
we determined the estimated fair value of  the assets and liabilities of the  impaired reporting  units. As a
result of the step two test, we recorded a  goodwill impairment charge of $51.2 million  during the fourth
quarter of fiscal year 2015.

50

As part of our annual impairment assessment as of July  1, 2016, we identified indicators of
impairment. Step one of our goodwill impairment  analysis as  of  July  1, 2016, resulted in the carrying
value exceeding fair value of one of  our  five reporting  units that had goodwill. Accordingly, step two  of
the goodwill impairment test was performed,  where we determined the estimated fair value of the
assets and liabilities of the impaired  reporting  unit. As  a result of step two, we  recorded a goodwill
impairment charge of $19.0 million during the  fourth quarter  of fiscal year 2016. The goodwill
impairment was due to updated assumptions  used  in the fair value  calculation.

We  cannot predict the occurrence of certain future events  that might  adversely affect  the reported
value of goodwill, which totaled $45.1  million at September  30, 2016. Such events may  include strategic
decisions made in response to economic and competitive  conditions, the impact of the economic
environment on our base of buyers and sellers or material negative  changes in our relationships with
material customers.

Income taxes. We account for income taxes using the  asset and liability approach  for measuring
deferred taxes based on temporary differences between the financial statement and income tax  bases of
assets and liabilities existing at each balance sheet date using enacted  tax rates for the years in  which
the taxes are  expected to be paid or recovered. We recognize deferred  tax  assets to the extent  that  we
believe that these assets are more likely than not to be realized. In  making such  determination, we
consider all available positive and negative evidence to estimate whether future  taxable income will  be
generated to permit use of the existing deferred tax asset.  A significant piece  of objective  negative
evidence evaluated was the cumulative loss incurred over  the three-year period  ended September 30,
2016 and projected losses in the near-term future. Such objective evidence  limits the ability to consider
other  subjective evidence, such as our projections for future growth.

On the basis of the evaluation, we believe that it  is more likely than not that the benefit  of  some

of our deferred tax assets will not be  realized within the  applicable carryforward  periods. In recognition
of this  risk, we have recorded a charge of 35.8 million to our valuation allowance to recognize only the
portion of our deferred tax asset that is  more likely  than not to be realized.

We apply the authoritative guidance related to accounting  for uncertainty  in income taxes.

ASC 740 states that a benefit from an uncertain tax position may be recognized when it is more  likely
than  not that the position will be sustained upon examination,  including resolutions  of  any related
appeals or litigation processes, on the  basis of the  technical  merits.

We provide for income taxes  based on our estimate of federal and state tax liabilities.  These
estimates include, among other items,  effective rates for state and local income taxes, estimates related
to depreciation and amortization expense allowable for  tax  purposes, and  the tax  deductibility of certain
other  items. Our estimates are based on  the information available to us  at  the time  we prepare  the
income tax provision. We generally file our  annual income  tax returns several months after  our  fiscal
year-end. Income tax returns are subject  to  audit by federal, state and local governments, generally
years after the returns are filed. These returns could be subject to material adjustments  or differing
interpretations of the tax laws.

Stock-based compensation. We recognize all share-based payments  to  employees, including grants  of
employee stock options, in the statements  of operations based on their  estimated fair values. We use
the Black-Scholes option pricing model to  estimate the  fair values of stock options and share
appreciation rights.

The above list is not intended to be  a comprehensive list  of all of  our accounting estimates.  In
many  cases, the accounting treatment of a particular  transaction  is specifically dictated by GAAP, with
little need for management’s judgment  in their application. There are also areas in which
management’s judgment in selecting  any  available alternative would not produce  a materially different

51

result. See our audited financial statements and related notes, which contain accounting  policies  and
other disclosures required by GAAP.

Components of Revenue and Expenses

Revenue. We generate substantially all of our revenue from sales of merchandise,  either by acting as
the principal and recording the total sale price  as revenue, or by acting as  an agent to a seller and
recording our consignment fees as revenue.  Our revenue recognition practices are  discussed in more
detail in the section above entitled ‘‘Critical Accounting Estimates.’’

Cost of goods sold. Cost of goods sold includes the costs  of  purchasing and transporting property for
auction, as well as credit card transaction  fees.

Profit-sharing  distributions. Our prior Scrap Contract with the DoD  that expired  September  30, 2016,
was structured as a profit-sharing arrangement in  which we  purchase and take  possession of all goods
we receive from the DoD at a contractual price per pound.  After deducting allowable  operating
expenses, we disburse to the DoD on  a monthly basis  a percentage of the profits of the aggregate
monthly sales. We retain the remaining percentage of these profits  after the  DoD’s disbursement. We
refer to these disbursement payments  to  the DoD as  profit-sharing  distributions. Our  new Scrap
Contract that commences in the first quarter of fiscal year 2017  is structured as  a revenue-sharing
arrangement, and so we will no longer  be  reporting distributions on this contract based on  a share of
profit, but instead on a share of revenue.

Technology and operations. Technology expenses consist primarily  of  personnel costs related to our
programming staff who develop and deploy new marketplaces and  continuously enhance existing
marketplaces. These personnel also develop  and  upgrade  the software  systems that support our
operations, such as sales processing. Our marketplaces and  support systems  require frequent upgrades
and enhancements to maintain viability. Software development  costs are  capitalized if they meet the
criteria under ASC 350. Operations expenses consist  primarily  of operating costs, including  buyer
relations, shipping logistics and distribution  center  operating costs.

Sales and marketing. Sales and marketing expenses include the  cost of our  sales and  marketing
personnel as well as the cost of marketing  and promotional activities. These  activities include online
marketing campaigns such as paid search advertising.

General and administrative. General and administrative expenses include all corporate  and
administrative functions that support our operations and provide an  infrastructure to facilitate our
future growth. Components of these  expenses include executive management and staff salaries, bonuses
and related taxes and employee benefits; travel; headquarters rent and related  occupancy costs; and
legal and  accounting fees. The salaries, bonus and employee benefits costs included as  general and
administrative expenses are generally  more fixed in nature  than our  operating expenses  and do  not  vary
directly with the volume of merchandise sold through our marketplaces.

Depreciation and amortization. Depreciation and amortization expenses consist  primarily of the
depreciation and amortization of amounts  recorded in  connection with  the purchase of furniture,
fixtures and equipment and amortization of intangible assets from our acquisitions. Depreciation and
amortization also consists of the amortization of our contract intangibles associated  with the Jacobs
Trading acquisition on October 1, 2011,  and the  NESA transaction on November 1, 2012. The
intangible asset created in conjunction with the acquisition of Jacobs Trading Company  was  valued at
$33.3 million and was being amortized over  55 months on a straight-line  basis. The amortization period
was correlated to the base term of the Wal-Mart contract from the acquisition date, exclusive of
renewal periods. Upon the early termination of the  Wal-Mart contract in December 2014,  we expensed
the remaining amount of unamortized expense of approximately $10.3  million during the  three months

52

ended December 2014. The vendor contract intangible asset created  in conjunction  with the NESA
acquisition was written off in fiscal year  2015.

Acquisition costs and related fair value  adjustments and impairment of goodwill and  long-lived assets.
Acquisition costs and related fair value  adjustments and impairment  of goodwill  and long-lived assets
consist of expenses incurred to complete  a business combination, adjustments  to  the fair value of
earn-outs, and impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets.

Interest (income) expense and other expense, net.
consists of interest income on the note  receivable  related to the sale of the  Jacobs Trading  Company,
expenses related to our terminated credit facility,  and impacts of foreign currency fluctuations.

Interest (income) expense and other expense,  net

Income taxes. During fiscal years 2014, 2015 and 2016, we had  an effective  income  tax  rate for
continuing operations of approximately  39.3%,  27.4% and (82.1%), respectively, which included  federal,
state and foreign income taxes.

Results of Operations

The following table sets forth, for the periods  indicated, selected statement of operations data

expressed as a percentage of revenue.

Year ended September 30,

2016

2015

2014

Revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 100.0% 100.0% 100.0%
Costs and expenses:

Cost of goods sold (excluding amortization) . . . . . . . . .
Profit-sharing distributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technology and operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sales and marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General and administrative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Depreciation and amortization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Acquisition costs and related fair value  adjustments

45.2
3.5
29.5
11.9
12.6
2.1

and impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets . . .

6.0
Business disposition loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . —

Total costs and expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 110.8

(Loss) income from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (10.8)
0.4
Interest and other income (expense), net

. . . . . . . . . . . .

41.8
7.1
25.1
10.5
10.4
2.3

37.1
2.0

136.3

(36.3)
(0.1)

(Loss) income from operations before  provision for

income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (10.4)
8.5

Provision (benefit) for income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(36.4)
(10.0)

42.7
7.1
22.0
8.4
10.0
3.3

(3.7)
—

89.8

10.2
(0.1)

10.1
4.0

Net (loss) income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . (18.9)% (26.4)%

6.1%

53

Year Ended September 30, 2016 Compared  to  Year  Ended  September 30,  2015

Revenue. Revenue decreased $80.7 million, or  20.3%,  to  $316.5 million for the year ended
September 30, 2016 from $397.1 million for the year ended  September 30, 2015, due to (1) a  24.9%
decrease, or $54.2 million, in our commercial marketplaces  due to the  sale of the  Jacobs Trading
Company in September 2015, the wind down of the  NESA refurbishment business in Canada, reduced
product  flows within our retail vertical  and, slightly offset  by stronger capital assets deal flow;  and
(2) an 18.0% decrease, or $28.7 million, in our DoD  contracts  due to lower  commodity prices and  a
shift  in property mix to lower valued  property  provided under the Scrap  and Surplus  Contracts, partly
offset by higher service revenue. These decreases were  partially  offset  by a  10.8% increase, or
$2.2 million, in our state and local government marketplace due to an increase in the number of new
sellers and additional sales volume from  existing clients.  The amount of GMV decreased 19.6%, or
$156.9 million to $642.1 million, for the year ended  September 30, 2016  from $799.0 million for the
year ended September 30, 2015, due to (1)  a 31.6% GMV decrease,  or  $139.4 million, in  our
commercial marketplaces due to the  sale of the Jacobs Trading Company, the wind down  of the NESA
business, reduced product flows within our retail vertical, and continued weakness  in the energy  sector;
and (2)  a 28.4% GMV decrease, or $45.2  million,  in our DoD contracts due to lower commodity prices
and a shift in property mix to lower valued property provided under the Scrap  and Surplus  Contracts.
These GMV decreases were partially  offset by a 13.9%  GMV increase, or $27.7 million, in  our  state
and local government (GovDeals) marketplace due to an increase  in the  number of new sellers and
additional sales volume from existing  clients.

Cost of goods sold. Cost of goods sold (excluding amortization) decreased  $22.9 million, or 13.8%, to
$143.1 million for the year ended September 30, 2016 from  $166.0 million for  the year ended
September 30, 2015. This decrease is primarily attributed to the sale of the  Jacobs Trading  Company, as
well as the wind down of the NESA refurbishment business in  Canada.  This  decrease was partially
offset by the increase in the price we pay  for inventory under the current  Surplus Contract  as well as a
greater mix of deals in our commercial  marketplaces in which we act  as principal and incur greater
transaction costs. In line with these changes, and the decrease  in revenue, cost of goods sold increased
as a percentage of  revenue to 45.2%,  from  41.8%.

Profit-sharing  distributions. Profit-sharing distributions decreased $16.9  million, or 60.1%, to
$11.2 million for the year ended September 30, 2016 from  $28.1 million for  the year ended
September 30, 2015. As a percentage  of revenue, profit-sharing distributions decreased  to  3.5% from
7.1%. This is due to lower commodity  prices and decreases in property  flow from the  DoD in our scrap
business.

Technology and operations expenses. Technology and operations expenses decreased $6.3  million, or
6.4%, to $93.4 million for the year ended September 30, 2016 from $99.7 million for the year ended
September 30, 2015, due to the sale of the Jacobs  Trading Company, the wind  down of  the NESA
business, and reduction in staff. As a  percentage of revenue, technology and operations expenses
increased to 29.5% from 25.1% primarily as a result of the decrease in revenue described above.

Sales and marketing expenses. Sales and marketing expenses decreased $3.9 million, or  9.4%, to
$37.6 million for the year ended September 30, 2016 from  $41.5 million for  the year ended
September 30, 2015, primarily due to  bad debt expense  related to the  Jacobs Trading Company in fiscal
2015, as well as staff reductions. As a percentage of  revenue, sales and  marketing  expenses increased to
11.9% from 10.4% primarily as a result of the decrease in revenue  described above.

General and administrative expenses. General and administrative expenses  decreased $1.7  million,  or
4.1%, to $39.7 million for the year ended September 30, 2016 from $41.4 million for the year ended
September 30, 2015 due to the wind down  of  the NESA refurbishment business in  Canada  and the  sale
of the Jacobs Trading Company in fiscal  2015. As a percentage of revenue, general  and administrative

54

expenses increased to 12.6% from 10.4% primarily as a  result of  the  decrease in revenue described
above.

Depreciation and amortization expenses. Depreciation and amortization expenses decreased
$2.7 million, or 29.6%, to $6.5 million for  the year ended September  30, 2016 from  $9.2 million for  the
year ended September 30, 2015, as a  result of merging the  line item Amortization of Contract
Intangibles, which had been disclosed in previous financial  statements, to the depreciation and
amortization expenses line item. The balance in Amortization of Contract Intangibles related to specific
contract intangibles, and in the prior  year  totaled $1.2 million. The decrease also relates to certain
capitalized software becoming full amortized, and  the sale of the Jacobs Trading Company in
September 2015 and its related depreciable assets.

Acquisition costs and related fair value  adjustments and impairment of goodwill and  long-lived assets.
Acquisition costs and related fair value  adjustments and impairment  of goodwill  and long-lived assets
decreased $128.4 million, or 87.1% to $19.0  million  for the  year ended September 30,  2016 from
$147.4 million for the year ended September 30, 2015. During fiscal 2016 the Company recorded an
impairment charge of $19.0 million of goodwill related to one of its reporting units. During  fiscal 2015
the Company recorded $147.4 million  of goodwill and long-lived assets  impairment charges.

Business disposition loss. Business disposition loss was $8.0 million for  the year ended September  30,
2015, due to the disposal of the Jacobs Trading Company.

Interest  and other income (expense), net.
$1.4 million, to $1.2 million of income for  the year  ended September 30, 2016 from an expense of
($0.2) million for the year ended September 30, 2015. Interest and other income (expense), net
included the impacts of foreign currency fluctuations and interest income.

Interest and other income (expense),  net increased

Provision (benefit) for income  taxes. Provision for income taxes increased $66.6  million, or 168.2%, to
$27.0 million for year ended September 30,  2016  from ($39.6) million of benefit for the year ended
September 30, 2015, primarily due to  the valuation allowance against deferred taxes.

Net loss. Net loss decreased $44.9 million, or 42.8%, to $59.9  million  for the  year ended
September 30, 2016 from $104.8 million for the year ended  September 30, 2015, primarily  as a result of
the larger impairment of goodwill in the twelve months  ended September 30, 2015.

Year Ended September 30, 2015 Compared  to  Year Ended September 30,  2014

Revenue. Revenue decreased $98.5 million, or 19.9%, to $397.1 million for the year ended
September 30, 2015 from $495.7 million for the year ended  September 30, 2014. This decrease was
primarily due to (1) a 27.9% decrease,  or  $62.5 million,  in  our retail commercial marketplaces,
primarily as a result of the loss of the Wal-Mart  Agreement; and (2) a 22.2%  decrease, or
$45.3 million, in our DoD contracts as the result of decreased property flows of  lower value product.
These decreases were offset in part by  (1)  a 13.4% increase, or  $6.6 million, in our capital assets
marketplaces due to an increase in principal  deals  in  our manufacturing  vertical; and (2) a 14.8%
increase, or $2.6 million, in our state and local  government (GovDeals) marketplace due to an increase
in the number of sellers. The amount of gross  merchandise volume decreased $132.6 million, or 14.2%,
to $799.0 million for the year ended  September 30, 2015 from  $931.6 million for the year  ended
September 30, 2014, primarily due to  (1)  a 31.8% decrease, or $102.7 million,  in our commercial retail
marketplaces, primarily as a result of  the loss of the Wal-Mart Agreement; (2)  the decreases in our
DoD contracts discussed above; and (3) a  17.7%  decrease, or $11.9 million, in our capital assets
marketplaces due to the continued weakness  in the  energy and transportation verticals. These decreases
were partially offset by a 15.9% increase,  or $27.3 million, in our  state and local government
(GovDeals) marketplace due to an increase in  the number of sellers.

55

Cost of goods sold. Cost of goods sold (excluding amortization) decreased  $45.7 million, or 21.6%, to
$166.0 million for the year ended September 30, 2015 from  $211.7 million for  the year ended
September 30, 2014. As a percentage  of revenue, these expenses  decreased to 41.8% from 42.7%.
These decreases are primarily due to  (1) decreased sales of lower value product  under our DoD
contracts; and (2) decreases in property flow in  our retail commercial marketplaces  as a result of the
termination of the Wal-Mart Agreement.

Profit-sharing  distributions. Profit-sharing distributions decreased $7.0  million, or 19.9%, to
$28.1 million for the year ended September 30, 2015 from  $35.1 million for  the year ended
September 30, 2014, primarily as a result  of decreased  property flow under the  Scrap Contract.  As a
percentage of revenue, these expenses  were  consistent at 7.1%.

Technology and operations expenses. Technology and operations expenses decreased $9.2  million, or
8.4%, to $99.7 million for the year ended September 30, 2015 from $108.9 million for the year ended
September 30, 2014, primarily due to  (1)  a  decrease in expenses of $8.3 million in  staff and temporary
wages, including stock based compensation,  primarily  as a result of our  business realignment initiative;
and (2)  a decrease in expenses of $0.9 million in  warehouse space as  our inventory  balance  has
declined resulting in lower storage costs.  As  a percentage  of revenue,  these  expenses increased to
25.1% from 22.0%, primarily as a result of the decrease in revenue  as described above.

Sales and marketing expenses. Sales and marketing expenses decreased $0.5 million, or  1.2%, to
$41.5 million for the year ended September 30, 2015 from  $42.0 million for  the year ended
September 30, 2014, which is not significant.  As a  percentage of revenue, these expenses increased  to
10.5% from 8.4%, primarily as a result of the decrease in revenue  as described above.

General and administrative expenses. General and administrative expenses  decreased $8.0  million,  or
16.2%, to $41.4 million for the year ended  September 30, 2015  from $49.4 million for the year ended
September 30, 2014, primarily due to  (1)  a  decrease in expenses of $3.0 million in  staff wages, including
stock based and performance based compensation, primarily as a result of our business realignment
initiative; and (2) a net decrease in expenses  of $4.8 million in overhead  and travel  expenses due to
streamlining our GoIndustry global operations and  lowering our general and administrative  expenses.
As a percentage of revenue, these expenses  increased to 10.4% from 10.0%, primarily as  a result of  the
decrease in revenue as described above.

Depreciation and amortization expenses. Aside from amortization of contract  intangibles, depreciation
and amortization expenses decreased $1.3  million, or 14.0%, to $8.0 million for the year ended
September 30, 2015 from $9.3 million for  the year ended  September 30, 2014, primarily  due  to
intangible assets related to the NESA acquisition being fully  amortized in  fiscal  year  2014. As  a
percentage of revenue, these expenses  increased  to  2.0% from 1.9%, primarily as  a result of  the
decrease in revenue as described above.  Amortization of contract intangibles  decreased $6.1 million,  or
83.3%, to $1.2 million for the year ended September 30, 2015 from $7.3 million for the year ended
September 30, 2014. As a percentage  of revenue, these expenses  decreased to 0.3% from 1.4%. These
decreases are primarily due to the write-off of the remaining unamortized expense related to the  Jacobs
Trading acquisition contract intangible asset due  to  the early termination  of the Wal-Mart  contract in
December 2014.

Acquisition costs and related fair value  adjustments and impairment of goodwill and  long-lived assets.
Acquisition costs and related fair value  adjustments and impairment  of goodwill  and long-lived assets
increased $165.8 million to $147.4 million of expense for  the year ended September  30, 2015 from
$18.4 million of income for the year  ended September 30, 2014,  primarily as a result  of  goodwill  and
long-lived assets impairment charges of  $147.4 million during the  year ended September 30, 2015, and
the reversal of the earn-out liability associated with the NESA acquisition of approximately
$18.6 million during the twelve months ended September  30, 2014.

56

Business disposition loss. Business disposition loss was $8.0 million for  the year ended September  30,
2015, due to the disposal of the Jacobs Trading business.

Interest  and other expense, net.
$0.2 million for the year ended September 30, 2015 from $0.4 million for  the year ended September  30,
2014, which is not significant.

Interest and other expense, net, decreased  $0.2 million, or 53.8%,  to

Benefit (provision) for income tax expense.
Income tax expense decreased $59.3  million, or  301.3%, to
$39.6 million of benefit for the year ended September 30, 2015, from  $19.7 million  of expense for the
year ended September 30, 2014, primarily due to the  decrease in income before  provision for income
taxes from operations and deferred tax  benefits  resulting from  the goodwill impairment charges.

Net income (loss). Net income decreased $135.2 million, or 444.8%, to $104.8 million of net loss for
the year ended September 30, 2015 from  $30.4 million of  net income for  the year ended  September 30,
2014.

Liquidity and Capital Resources

Historically, our primary cash needs have  been working capital  (including capital  used  for

inventory purchases), which we have funded primarily  through  cash generated  from operations.  As of
September 30, 2016, we had approximately $134.5 million  in  cash and cash equivalents.  Effective
March 25, 2016, we terminated our $75 million senior  credit facility. We do not expect the termination
of the Senior Credit Facility to have a  material effect on  our liquidity or financial position. Throughout
the year, we have continued to advance  the design and development of our LiquidityOne  platform,
services and analytical tools to empower our clients to maximize bottom-line return, and transform
their supply chain into a high-performing  business function. We will continue to incur additional costs
throughout the duration of this initiative  to implement the new platform and educate our employees
and clients about the initiative. As part  of  this process, we  have invested in  new business ventures, such
as our IronDirect marketplace in the  construction vertical.  We  expect  that  the IronDirect  marketplace
may generate future synergies with our other marketplaces when IronDirect customers dispose of the
construction equipment purchased from this  marketplace.

We  did not record a provision for deferred U.S.  tax expense  on the undistributed earnings of

foreign subsidiaries since we intend to  indefinitely reinvest the earnings of these foreign subsidiaries
outside the U.S. The amount of such undistributed foreign earnings  was approximately $10.7 million  as
of September 30, 2016. As of September 30, 2016 and September 30,  2015, approximately  $21.5 million
and $23.6 million, respectively, of cash and cash equivalents was held overseas and not available  to
fund domestic operations without incurring taxes upon repatriation.

We  are authorized to repurchase issued and outstanding shares of our common stock under a

share repurchase program approved by  our Board  of Directors. Share repurchases may be made
through open market purchases, privately negotiated transactions or otherwise, at times and in such
amounts as management deems appropriate.  The  timing and actual number of  shares repurchased will
depend  on a variety of factors including price,  corporate  and  regulatory requirements and other market
conditions. The repurchase program  may  be  discontinued or suspended  at any time,  and will be funded
using our available cash. The Company’s  Board of Directors reviews the share  repurchase program
periodically, the last such review having occurred in  May  2016.  We did not repurchase shares under this
program during the twelve months ended  September  30, 2016. As  of  September 30, 2016,  we may

57

repurchase an additional $10.1 million shares under this program. A summary of  our share repurchase
activity from fiscal year 2013 to the year  ended September 30, 2016  is as  follows:

Fiscal Year Period

2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total
Number of
Shares
Purchased

—
2,962,978
—
—

Average
Price Paid
per Share

—
$15.90
—
—

Total Cash
Paid for
Shares
Purchased

—
44,873,000
—
—

Approximate Dollar
Value of Shares
that May Yet  Be
Purchased Under
the Plans or
Programs(1)

$31,000,000
5,127,000
5,127,000
10,127,000

(1) On February 5, 2014, our Board of  Directors approved an additional  $19.0 million for  the
share repurchase program. On May 5, 2016, the Company’s Board of  Directors approved
the repurchase of an additional $5.0 million in shares  raising  the current amount
approved for repurchase, that may yet be expended  up to $10.1 million.

Senior credit facility. Effective March 25, 2016, the Company terminated its  $75 million senior  credit
facility. Borrowings under the Agreement bore interest at  an annual rate equal to the 30 day  LIBOR
rate plus 1.25% (1.608% at December  31, 2015) due monthly. The Company’s borrowing availability
under the Facility as of December 31, 2015 was $37.5 million. There were no outstanding borrowings
under the Facility at the time of its termination.

Substantially all of our sales are recorded subsequent to receipt of payment  authorization, utilizing
credit cards, wire transfers and PayPal,  an Internet  based payment  system, as methods of payments. As
a result, we are not subject to significant collection risk, as goods are generally not shipped before
payment is received.

Changes in Cash Flows: 2016 Compared  to  2015

Net cash provided by operating activities  was  $45.8 million for the year ended September 30, 2016,

from $43.5 million for the year ended  September 30, 2015.  The $2.3 million increase in cash  provided
by operations between periods was primarily  attributable to  an overall decrease  of  approximately
$59.3 million in net loss including non-cash adjustments offset  by an increase in  cash flows from
changes in working capital of approximately $61.7 million.  For  the year  ended September 30, 2016,  net
cash provided by operating activities  primarily consisted  of  $34.0 million related  to  the recovery of prior
year income taxes, netted with estimated  taxes  for fiscal year  2016. This cash benefit resulted from  the
tax loss on the fiscal 2015 sale of the Jacobs Trading Company.

Net cash used in investing activities was $6.2 million for the year ended  September 30, 2016 and
$9.8 million for the year ended September  30, 2015. Net  cash used in investing  activities for the year
ended September 30, 2016 consisted  primarily of expenditures of $6.1 million  for capitalized software,
purchases of equipment and leasehold  improvements. Net  cash  used  in investing activities for the year
ended September 30, 2015 consisted  primarily of capital expenditures of $7.3 million for purchases of
equipment and leasehold improvements, and $2.4 million related to net cash paid for a business
disposition.

Net cash used by financing activities was $0.2 million for the year ended September 30, 2016  and
net cash  provided by financing activities  was $0.1 million  for  the year ended September  30, 2015. Net
cash provided by financing activities for the year ended September 30, 2015  consisted primarily of
proceeds from the exercise of common  stock  options.

58

Changes in Cash Flows: 2015 Compared  to  2014

Net cash provided by operating activities  increased $31.6 million  to  $43.5 million for  the year

ended September 30, 2015 from $11.9 million  for  the year  ended September 30,  2014. For the year
ended September 30, 2015, net cash provided by  operating activities  primarily  consisted of net  loss of
$104.8 million, depreciation and amortization expense of  $9.2 million, stock compensation expense  of
$12.4 million, loss on business disposition of $8.0 million, goodwill  and long-lived assets  impairment of
$147.4 million, net increase in accounts receivable, inventory, and  prepaid  expenses of  $15.7 million,
and provisions for inventory allowance  and doubtful accounts of $0.5 million, offset  in part  by  a net
decrease in accounts payable, accrued  expenses, and other liabilities  of  $38.7 million, and  deferred tax
benefit and incremental tax from exercises of common  stock  options of  $6.2 million, net. For the year
ended September 30, 2014, net cash provided by  operating activities  primarily  consisted of net  income
of $30.4 million, depreciation and amortization expense  of  $16.6 million, stock compensation expense of
$12.6 million and a net increase in accounts  payable, accrued expenses and other liabilities of
$20.6 million, offset in part by the NESA  earn-out liability reversal of  $18.4 million, a net increase in
accounts receivable, inventory and prepaid expense  of $47.4 million, and provisions for  inventory
allowance, doubtful accounts, deferred  tax  benefit, and  incremental  tax  from exercises of common  stock
options of $2.6 million, net.

Net cash used in investing activities was $9.8 million for the year ended  September 30, 2015, and

$7.7 million for the year ended September  30, 2014. For the year ended  September 2015, net  cash used
in investing activities consisted primarily  of net  cash paid  for  business disposition  of  $2.4 million, an
increase of goodwill and intangibles of $0.1  million,  and capital  expenditures of $7.3 million  for
purchases of equipment and leasehold  improvements. For the year ended  September 30, 2014, net cash
used in investing activities in fiscal year 2014  consisted primarily  of net cash paid for acquisitions and
an increase of goodwill and intangibles of $0.2 million, and capital expenditures  of $7.5 million for
purchases of equipment and leasehold  improvements.

Net cash provided by financing activities was  $0.1 million  for  the year ended September  30, 2015.

Net cash used in financing activities as  $36.9 million  for  the year ended September  30, 2014. For the
year ended September 30, 2015, cash  provided by financing  activities consisted primarily of $0.1 million
from exercises of common stock options and the  tax  benefit, net. For  the year  ended September  30,
2014, cash used in financing activities consisted primarily  of  $44.9 million in stock repurchases,  offset in
part by proceeds from the exercise of  common stock options and  the incremental tax benefit from  the
exercise of common stock options of  $8.0 million.

Capital Expenditures. Our capital expenditures consist primarily  of capitalized software,  computers  and
purchased software, office equipment,  furniture  and fixtures, and  leasehold improvements.  The  timing
and  volume of such capital expenditures in the  future will be  affected by the  addition  of  new customers
or expansion of existing customer relationships. We intend to fund those expenditures primarily from
operating cash flows. Our capital expenditures  for the  twelve  months ended  September 30,  2016 were
$6.1 million. As of September 30, 2016, we had  no outstanding commitments for  capital expenditures.

We believe that our existing cash and  cash equivalents will be sufficient  to  meet our  anticipated

cash needs for at least the next 12 months. Our future capital requirements will depend on  many
factors including our rate of revenue  growth,  the timing  and extent of spending to support development
efforts, the expansion of sales and marketing activities,  the development and deployment  of new
marketplaces, the introduction of new value  added services and the costs  to  establish additional
distribution centers. Although we are  currently not  a  party to any definitive agreement  with respect to
potential investments in, or acquisitions  of,  complementary  businesses, products or technologies, we
may enter into these types of arrangements in  the future,  which could also require us to seek additional
equity or debt financing. The sale of  additional equity securities or convertible debt  securities would
result in additional dilution to our stockholders. Additional debt would result in increased interest

59

expense and could result in covenants  that would  restrict our operations. There is no assurance that
such financing, if required, will be available in amounts  or on terms  acceptable  to  us, if  at all.

Contractual and Commercial Commitments

The table below represents our significant commercial commitments as of September 30, 2016.

Operating leases represent commitments to rent office  and warehouse space in the  United States.
These items are not reflected on our  balance  sheets.

Operating leases . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other contractual cash obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$29,780
3,027

(in thousands)
$15,252
723

$ 9,406
1,999

$5,073
305

Total contractual cash obligations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$32,807

$11,405

$15,975

$5,378

$49
0

$49

Total

Less than
1 year

1 to 3
years

3 to 5
Years

5+ years

Off-Balance Sheet Arrangements

We  do not have any transactions, obligations or relationships that could be considered material

off-balance sheet arrangements.

Inflation

Inflation generally affects us by increasing our cost of labor and equipment. We do not believe that

inflation had any material effect on our  results of operations during the  fiscal years ended
September 30, 2014, 2015 and 2016.

New Accounting Pronouncements

In August 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards  Update  (‘‘ASU’’) 2014-15, Presentation of

Financial Statements—Going Concern, which requires management to evaluate  whether there  are
conditions and events that raise substantial  doubt  about the  entity’s ability to continue  as a going
concern and to provide disclosures in  certain circumstances. The new guidance  was issued to reduce
diversity  in the timing and content of footnote disclosures.  This guidance is effective for fiscal years,
and interim reporting periods therein, beginning after December 15, 2016. The Company  expects  to
adopt this standard in its fiscal year ending September 30, 2018 and does  not  expect the  adoption of
this  guidance to have a material effect  upon its consolidated financial  statements.

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting  Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting  Standards

Update (‘‘ASU’’) 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which supersedes most existing
revenue recognition guidance under GAAP.  The  new standard will change the  way the Company
recognizes revenue and significantly expand the disclosure requirements for revenue arrangements. In
July 2015, the FASB delayed the effective  date of the new  standard  such that the new standard will be
effective for the Company beginning on  October 1, 2018, and may  be  adopted  either retrospectively or
on a modified retrospective basis whereby the new standard  would be applied to new and  existing
arrangements with remaining performance obligations as of the  effective date,  with a cumulative
catch-up adjustment recorded to retained  earnings at the effective  date for existing arrangements with
remaining performance obligations. The Company  is currently evaluating the methods  of adoption
allowed by the new standard and the effect  that adoption  of  the  standard is expected to have on the
Company’s consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

In April 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (‘‘ASU’’) 2015-05,

‘‘Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Internal-Use  Software (Subtopic 350-40):  Customer’s Accounting  for
Fees Paid  in a Cloud Computing Arrangement. ASU 2015-05 provides guidance regarding whether  a

60

cloud computing arrangement includes  a  software license.  If a cloud computing arrangement  includes a
software license, the software license element of the arrangement must be accounted for in a manner
consistent with the acquisition of other  software licenses. If a  cloud computing arrangement  does not
include a software license, the arrangement must be accounted for as a service  contract. ASU 2015-05
does not change the accounting for service contracts. ASU 2015-05 is effective  for fiscal  years,  including
interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after  December  15, 2015. The Company will apply
the amendments in this Update beginning in  fiscal 2017.

In November, 2015, the FASB issued Accounting  Standards  Update (‘‘ASU’’)  2015-17, ‘‘Income
Taxes—Balance Sheet Classification of  Deferred Taxes.’’ASU 2015-17 requires that deferred tax  liabilities
and assets be classified as noncurrent in  a  classified statement of financial position. The current
requirement that deferred tax liabilities and assets of a  tax-paying component of an entity be offset and
presented as a single amount is not affected by  the amendments in this  update. For public entities, the
amendments in this Update are effective for  financial statements  issued for  annual periods beginning
after December 15, 2016, and interim  periods within  those annual periods. Early application is
permitted for all entities as of the beginning of an interim  or annual period. The  amendments in the
Update may be applied either prospectively  to  all deferred tax liabilities and assets or retrospectively to
all periods presented. The Company has early adopted and chosen to apply the amendments in this
Update prospectively effective fiscal year 2016.

In February 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (‘‘ASU’’) 2016-02, Leases.
ASU 2016-02 will change the way the  Company recognizes its  leased assets.  ASU 2016-02 will require
organizations that lease assets—referred to as ‘‘lessees’’—to  recognize  on the  balance  sheet the  assets
and liabilities representing the rights  and  obligations  created  by those leases.  ASU  2016-02 will  also
require disclosures to help investors and  other  financial statement  users  better  understand the amount,
timing, and uncertainty of cash flows arising from  leases. The standard will be effective  for the
Company beginning on October 1, 2019.  The Company is currently evaluating the  methods of adoption
allowed by the new standard and the effect that adoption of  the  standard is expected to have on the
Company’s consolidated financial statements and related  disclosures.

Item 7A. Quantitative and Qualitative Disclosures about Market  Risk.

Interest rate sensitivity. We did not have any debt as of September 30, 2016  and thus  do not have any
related interest rate exposure. Our investment  policy requires us  to  invest funds in excess of  current
operating requirements. The principal  objectives of  our investment  activities are  to  preserve principal,
provide liquidity and maximize income  consistent  with minimizing risk of material loss.

Exchange rate sensitivity. We consider our exposure to foreign currency exchange rate  fluctuations  to
be minimal, as approximately 11.1%  percent of our  revenue was generated outside  of the U.S. We  have
not engaged in any hedging or other  derivative  transactions to date.

Item 8. Financial Statements and Supplemental Data.

Annual Financial Statements and Selected Financial Data: The consolidated financial  statements

and accompanying notes listed in Part  IV,  Item  15(a)(1) of this  Annual  Report on Form 10-K are
included elsewhere in this Annual Report.

Item 9. Changes in and Disagreement  with Accountants  on Accounting and Financial Disclosure.

None.

61

Item 9A. Controls and Procedures.

Attached as exhibits to this Form 10-K are certifications of our  Chief  Executive Officer,  Chief
Financial Officer and Chief Accounting Officer, which  are required in accordance  with Rule 13a-14 of
the Securities Exchange Act of 1934, as amended. This ‘‘Controls and  Procedures’’ section includes
information concerning the controls and controls evaluation referred  to  in the certifications. The report
of Ernst & Young LLP, our independent registered public  accounting firm, regarding  management’s
assessment of internal control over financial reporting, and its audit  of our  internal control over
financial reporting is set forth below  in this section. This section should be read in  conjunction with  the
certifications and the Ernst & Young LLP report for  a more complete understanding  of the topics
presented.

Evaluation of Disclosure Controls and  Procedures

We  conducted an evaluation of the effectiveness of the  design and operation  of  our  ‘‘disclosure

controls and procedures’’ as of the end of  the period covered  by this Form 10-K. The  controls
evaluation was conducted under the supervision and with the participation of management, including
our  Chief Executive Officer, Chief Financial  Officer, and Chief Accounting  Officer.  Disclosure  controls
are controls and procedures designed  to  reasonably  assure that information required  to  be  disclosed in
our  reports filed under the Securities  Exchange Act of 1934, such as  this  Form 10-K,  is recorded,
processed, summarized and reported within the time periods specified in the  SEC’s rules and forms.
Disclosure controls are also designed to reasonably  assure that such information is accumulated  and
communicated to our management, including the Chief Executive  Officer, Chief Financial Officer, and
Chief Accounting Officer, as appropriate to allow timely decisions regarding required  disclosure. Our
quarterly evaluation of disclosure controls  includes an evaluation of some components of our internal
control over financial reporting, and internal control over  financial  reporting is  also separately
evaluated on an annual basis for purposes  of providing the management report which  is set  forth
below.

The evaluation of our disclosure controls included  a review of the controls’ objectives and design,

our  implementation of the controls and  their  effect on  the information generated for use in this
Form 10-K. In the course of the controls evaluation, we  reviewed  identified data errors, control
deficiencies and, where appropriate,  sought  to  confirm that appropriate  corrective actions, including
process improvements, were being undertaken. This  type of evaluation  is performed on  a quarterly
basis so  that the conclusions of management, including the Chief  Executive Officer,  Chief  Financial
Officer, and Chief Accounting Officer, concerning  the effectiveness of the disclosure  controls can  be
reported in our periodic reports on Form  10-Q and Form 10-K. Many of the  components of our
disclosure controls are also evaluated  on an ongoing basis by  our finance organization.  The  overall
goals of these various evaluation activities are to monitor  our disclosure  controls, and  to  modify them
as necessary. Our intent is to maintain  the disclosure  controls as dynamic systems that change as
conditions warrant.

Based upon the controls evaluation,  our  Chief  Executive Officer, Chief Financial  Officer, and
Chief Accounting Officer have concluded that, as of the end  of  the period  covered by this Form 10-K,
our  disclosure controls were effective to provide  reasonable  assurance that information required to be
disclosed in our Securities Exchange Act  reports is recorded,  processed, summarized and reported
within the time periods specified by the  SEC, and  that material information related  to  Liquidity
Services and our consolidated subsidiaries  is made known to management,  including the  Chief
Executive Officer, Chief Financial Officer,  and  Chief  Accounting Officer, particularly  during the period
when our periodic reports are being  prepared. We reviewed the results of  management’s evaluation
with the Audit Committee of our Board  of Directors.

62

Management Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting

Our management is responsible for establishing and maintaining effective  internal control over

financial reporting to provide reasonable assurance regarding the reliability of our financial reporting
and the preparation of financial statements for  external purposes in  accordance with U.S. generally
accepted accounting principles. Internal control over financial reporting includes those policies and
procedures that (i) pertain to the maintenance  of  records that in  reasonable detail accurately and  fairly
reflect the transactions and dispositions of the assets  of the company; (ii)  provide reasonable assurance
that transactions are recorded as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in  accordance
with U.S. generally accepted accounting  principles; and (iii)  provide reasonable assurance regarding
authorization to effect the acquisition,  use or  disposition of company assets,  as well as the prevention
or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use  or disposition of the  company’s assets  that  could
have a material effect on the financial  statements.

Management assessed our internal control  over financial reporting  as of September  30, 2016, the

end of our fiscal year. Management based  its  assessment on  criteria established in Internal
Control—Integrated Framework issued by  the Committee of Sponsoring  Organizations of the Treadway
Commission (2013 Framework). Management’s assessment included  evaluation of such  elements as the
design and operating effectiveness of key financial  reporting controls, process documentation,
accounting policies and our overall control environment.  This  assessment is supported  by  testing and
monitoring performed by our finance  organization.

Based on this assessment, management has concluded that our internal  control over financial
reporting was effective as of the end of the fiscal year to provide  reasonable assurance regarding the
reliability of financial reporting and the preparation of financial statements for external reporting
purposes  in accordance with U.S. generally accepted  accounting principles.

Our independent registered public accounting firm, Ernst & Young LLP, independently assessed
the effectiveness of the company’s internal control over financial  reporting.  Ernst & Young LLP has
issued an attestation report, which is  included  at the  end of this section.

Inherent Limitations on Effectiveness  of  Controls

A control system, no matter how well designed and operated, can provide only reasonable,  not
absolute, assurance that the control system’s objectives will be met.  The design  of  a control system
must reflect the fact that there are resource  constraints, and the benefits of controls must be
considered relative to their costs. Other inherent limitations  include the realities  that  judgments  in
decision-making can be faulty and that  breakdowns can occur because of simple error or mistake.
Controls can also be circumvented by the  individual acts of some  persons, by collusion of two or more
people, or by management override of  the controls.  Projections of any evaluation of  controls
effectiveness to future periods are subject  to risks. Over time, controls may become inadequate  because
of changes in conditions or deterioration  in the degree of compliance with  policies  or procedures.

Changes  in Internal Control over Financial Reporting

On a quarterly basis we evaluate any changes to our  internal  control over financial reporting to

determine if material changes occurred.  There were no changes in  our internal controls  over financial
reporting during the quarterly period  ended September 30,  2016 that have materially affected, or  are
reasonably likely to materially affect,  our internal control  over  financial reporting.

63

REPORT OF INDEPENDENT REGISTERED  PUBLIC  ACCOUNTING FIRM
ON INTERNAL CONTROL OVER FINANCIAL REPORTING

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Liquidity Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

We  have audited Liquidity Services, Inc. and subsidiaries’  internal control over financial reporting

as of  September 30, 2016, based on criteria established  in Internal Control—Integrated Framework
issued by the Committee of Sponsoring  Organizations of the Treadway Commission (2013 framework)
(the COSO criteria). Liquidity Services,  Inc. and subsidiaries’ management  is responsible for
maintaining effective internal control  over financial  reporting, and for its assessment of the
effectiveness of internal control over  financial reporting  included in  the accompanying  Management
Report on Internal Control over Financial Reporting. Our  responsibility is to express an opinion on the
company’s internal control over financial  reporting based on our  audit.

We  conducted our audit in accordance with the standards of  the Public Company Accounting
Oversight Board (United States). Those  standards require that we  plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether  effective  internal control over financial reporting was maintained
in all material respects. Our audit included  obtaining an understanding  of internal control  over
financial reporting, assessing the risk that a  material weakness exists, testing and evaluating the design
and operating effectiveness of internal control based  on the assessed risk, and performing such other
procedures as we considered necessary in  the circumstances. We believe that our audit provides a
reasonable basis for our opinion.

A company’s internal control over financial reporting is a process designed to provide  reasonable

assurance regarding the reliability of  financial  reporting and the preparation  of  financial  statements  for
external  purposes in accordance with  generally accepted accounting  principles. A company’s internal
control over financial reporting includes those policies and procedures that (1)  pertain to the
maintenance of records that, in reasonable  detail, accurately and fairly reflect the  transactions and
dispositions of the assets of the company; (2) provide reasonable assurance that transactions  are
recorded  as necessary to permit preparation of financial statements in  accordance with generally
accepted accounting principles, and that receipts and expenditures of the company are being made  only
in accordance with authorizations of management and directors of the company; and  (3) provide
reasonable assurance regarding prevention  or timely detection of unauthorized acquisition, use, or
disposition of the company’s assets that  could have a material effect on the financial statements.

Because of its inherent limitations, internal control over  financial  reporting may not prevent or

detect misstatements. Also, projections  of any evaluation  of  effectiveness to future periods are  subject
to the risk that controls may become inadequate  because of changes in conditions, or  that  the degree
of compliance with the policies or procedures may deteriorate.

In our opinion, Liquidity Services, Inc. and  subsidiaries maintained, in all material respects,
effective internal control over financial reporting as of September 30, 2016,  based on  the COSO
criteria.

We  also have audited, in accordance  with the standards of  the Public Company Accounting
Oversight Board (United States), the  consolidated balance sheets of Liquidity Services, Inc. and
subsidiaries as of September 30, 2016  and  2015, and the related consolidated statements of operations,
comprehensive income, changes in stockholders’ equity,  and cash flows for each of the three  years  in
the period ended September 30, 2016  of  Liquidity Services,  Inc. and subsidiaries and  our  report dated
November 21, 2016 expressed an unqualified opinion thereon.

/s/ ERNST & YOUNG LLP

McLean, Virginia
November 21, 2016

Item 9B. Other Information.

None.

64

PART III

Item 10. Directors, Executive Officers  and  Corporate Governance.

Incorporated by reference from the Company’s Proxy Statement relating to its 2017 Annual

Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the  SEC within  120 days after September 30,  2016.

Code of Ethics, Governance Guidelines and Committee Charters

We  have adopted a Code of Business Conduct and Ethics that applies to all Liquidity Services

employees. The Code of Business Conduct and Ethics is available on our website.

Item 11. Executive Compensation.

Incorporated by reference from the Company’s  Proxy Statement relating to its 2017 Annual

Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after September 30,  2016.

Item 12. Security Ownership of Certain Beneficial Owners and Management and Related

Stockholders Matters.

Incorporated by reference from the Company’s  Proxy Statement relating to its 2017 Annual

Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after September 30,  2016.

Item 13. Certain Relationship and Related Transactions, and Director Independence.

Incorporated by reference from the Company’s  Proxy Statement relating to its 2017 Annual

Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after September 30,  2016.

Item 14. Principal Accounting Fees  and Services.

Incorporated by reference from the Company’s  Proxy Statement relating to its 2017 Annual

Meeting of Stockholders to be filed with the SEC within 120 days after September 30,  2016.

65

Item 15. Exhibits and Financial Statement Schedules.

PART IV

(a)(1) The following financial statements are filed as  part of this  report:

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting  Firm . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Financial Statements covered by the Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting

Firm:

Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September  30, 2016  and 2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Consolidated Statements of Operations for the years ended September 30, 2016,  2015 and
2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive (Loss) Income for the years ended

September 30, 2016, 2015 and 2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Consolidated Statements of Changes  in Stockholders’ Equity for the years ended

September 30, 2014, 2015 and 2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows  for  the years ended September 30, 2016, 2015  and
2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Notes to the Consolidated Financial Statements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Page

67

68

69

70

71

72
73

(a)(2) The following financial statement schedule is  filed as part of this report:

Schedules for the three years ended September 30, 2014, 2015 and 2016:
II—Valuation and Qualifying Accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

103

All other schedules for which provision  is made in  the applicable accounting regulation  of the
Securities and Exchange Commission  are  not required or are inapplicable and therefore have been
omitted.

(a)(3) The documents required to be filed as exhibits to this report under Item 601  of Regulation S-K
are listed in the Exhibit Index included  elsewhere in this  report, which list is incorporated  herein  by
reference.

66

Report of Independent Registered Public Accounting Firm

The Board of Directors and Stockholders of
Liquidity Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

We  have audited the accompanying consolidated balance sheets of Liquidity Services, Inc. and
subsidiaries as of September 30, 2016  and  2015, and the related consolidated statements of operations,
comprehensive (loss) income, changes  in  stockholders’ equity, and cash flows  for each  of  the three
years in the period ended September  30,  2016. Our audits also included the financial statement
schedule listed in the Index at Item 15(a)(2).  These  financial statements and schedule are  the
responsibility of the Company’s management. Our responsibility is  to  express  an opinion on these
financial statements and schedule based  on our audits.

We  conducted our audits in accordance with the standards  of  the Public Company Accounting
Oversight Board (United States). Those  standards require that we  plan and perform the audit to obtain
reasonable assurance about whether  the  financial  statements are free  of material misstatement.  An
audit includes examining, on a test basis, evidence  supporting the amounts and disclosures  in the
financial statements. An audit also includes assessing the accounting  principles used  and significant
estimates made by management, as well as  evaluating the overall financial statement presentation. We
believe that our audits provide a reasonable  basis for our opinion.

In our opinion, the financial statements referred to above present fairly, in all material respects,
the consolidated financial position of  Liquidity Services, Inc. and subsidiaries  at September  30, 2016
and 2015, and the consolidated results of  their  operations and their cash flows for  each  of the three
years in the period ended September  30,  2016, in conformity  with U.S.  generally accepted accounting
principles. Also, in our opinion, the related financial statement schedule,  when considered in  relation to
the basic financial statements taken as a whole, presents fairly in  all material  respects the information
set forth therein.

We  also have audited, in accordance  with the standards of  the Public Company Accounting

Oversight Board (United States), Liquidity Services, Inc.  and subsidiaries’ internal control over financial
reporting as of September 30, 2016, based on criteria  established in Internal  Control—Integrated
Framework issued by the Committee of  Sponsoring  Organizations of the Treadway Commission  (2013
framework) and our report dated November  21, 2016 expressed an unqualified opinion  thereon.

/s/ Ernst & Young LLP

McLean, Virginia
November 21, 2016

67

Liquidity Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Balance Sheets
(Dollars in Thousands)

September 30,

2016

2015

Assets
Current assets:

Cash and cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accounts receivable, net of allowance  for doubtful accounts of $718 and $471

in 2016 and 2015,  respectively . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inventory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Tax  refund receivable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Prepaid and deferred taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Prepaid expenses and other current assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total current assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Property and equipment, net
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Intangible assets, net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Goodwill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred long-term tax assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$134,513

$ 95,465

10,355
27,610
1,205
2,166
9,063

184,912
14,376
2,650
45,134
1,021
12,016

6,194
25,510
33,491
19,903
7,826

188,389
13,356
4,051
64,073
5,871
12,748

Total assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$260,109

$288,488

Liabilities and stockholders’ equity
Current liabilities:

Accounts payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accrued expenses and other current  liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Profit-sharing distributions payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Customer payables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 9,732
45,133
1,722
28,901

$

Total current liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred taxes and other long-term liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Commitments and contingencies (Note  9 and 19) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stockholders’ equity:

Common stock, $0.001 par value; 120,000,000  shares authorized; 30,742,662
shares issued and outstanding at September  30, 2016; 30,026,223 shares
issued and outstanding at September  30, 2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Additional paid-in capital . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accumulated other comprehensive loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Retained earnings (accumulated deficit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total stockholders’ equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

162,611

216,002

Total liabilities and stockholders’ equity . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$260,109

$288,488

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

68

9,500
27,350
2,512
29,802

69,164
3,322

72,486
—

85,488
12,010

97,498
—

29
220,192
(8,571)
(49,039)

29
210,712
(5,626)
10,887

Liquidity Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Operations
(Dollars in Thousands Except Share  and Per Share Data)

Revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fee  revenue . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

Total revenue from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Year ended September 30,

2016

2015

2014

$

233,828
82,626

316,454

$

315,668
81,457

397,125

388,671
106,990

495,661

Costs and expenses from operations:

Cost of goods sold (excluding amortization) . . . . . . . . . . .
Profit-sharing distributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Technology and operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Sales and marketing . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
General and administrative . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Depreciation and amortization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Acquisition costs and related fair value  adjustments and

impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets . . . . . . . . .
Business disposition loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

143,127
11,214
93,405
37,570
39,717
6,502

19,037
—

Total costs and expenses . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

350,572

166,009
28,093
99,743
41,465
41,418
9,235

147,414
7,963

541,340

(Loss) income from operations . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest and other income (expense),  net . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(Loss) income before provision for income taxes . . . . . . . . .
Provision (benefit) for income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(34,118)
1,217

(32,901)
27,025

(144,215)
(171)

(144,386)
(39,571)

Net (loss) income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Basic (loss) earnings per common share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Diluted (loss) earnings per common share . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

$

$

(59,926) $ (104,815) $

(1.96) $

(3.50) $

(1.96) $

(3.50) $

211,659
35,055
108,940
41,951
49,428
16,595

(18,384)
—

445,244

50,417
(370)

50,047
19,657

30,390

0.97

0.97

Basic weighted average shares outstanding . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

30,638,163

29,987,985

31,243,932

Diluted weighted average shares outstanding . . . . . . . . . . . .

30,638,163

29,987,985

31,395,301

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

69

Liquidity Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive  (Loss) Income
(In Thousands)

Net (loss) income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other comprehensive (loss) income:

Defined benefit pension plan—unrecognized amounts, net  of taxes .
Foreign currency translation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Other comprehensive (loss), net of taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Year ended September 30,

2016

2015

2014

$(59,926) $(104,815) $30,390

(2,547)
(398)

(2,945)

1,101
(3,276)

(927)
(3,042)

(2,175)

(3,969)

Comprehensive (loss) income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$(62,871) $(106,990) $26,421

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

70

Liquidity Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Changes in  Stockholders’  Equity
(In Thousands Except Share Data)

Treasury Stock

Common Stock

Shares

Amount

Shares

Amount

Balance at  September 30, 2013

—

Common stock repurchase . . (2,962,978) (44,870)
Common stock retired . . . .
44,870
Exercise of common stock
options  and restricted
stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2,962,978

—

—

$31
— 31,811,764
(3)
—
(2,962,978) —

819,364

—

4,146

Additional
Paid-in
Capital

$206,861
—
(22,713)

Accumulated
Other

Retained
Earnings

Comprehensive (Accumulated
Income (Loss)

Loss)

Total

$

518
—

$ 107,469
—
(22,157)

$ 314,879
(44,873)
—

Compensation expense and
incremental tax benefit
from grant  of common
stock  options and issuance
of  restricted stock . . . . . .
Net income . . . . . . . . . . .
Defined benefit pension
plan—unrecognized
amounts, net of taxes . . . .
Foreign currency translation .

Balance at  September 30, 2014
Exercise of common stock
options and restricted
stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Compensation expense and
incremental tax benefit
from grant  of common
stock  options and issuance
of  restricted stock . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net loss
Defined benefit pension
plan—unrecognized
amounts, net of taxes . . . .
Foreign currency translation .

Balance at  September 30, 2015
Exercise of common stock
options and restricted
stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Compensation expense and
incremental tax benefit
from grant  of common
stock  options and issuance
of  restricted stock . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net loss
Defined benefit pension
plan—unrecognized
amounts, net of taxes . . . .
Foreign currency translation .

—
—

—

—

—

—
—

—

—

—

—
—

—

—
—

—

4,146

—
30,390

16,410
30,390

—

358,073

1

105

16,410
—

5,903
—

—
—

—

—
—

—

— 29,668,150

—
—

—

$28

—
—

—

—
—

—

— 30,026,223

—
—

—

$29

—

716,439

—

9

—
—

9,471
—

—
—

—

—
—

—

$29

—

(927)
(3,042)

—

(927)
(3,042)

$204,704

$(3,451)

$ 115,702

$ 316,983

—

—
—

—

106

—
(104,815)

5,903
(104,815)

—

1,101
(3,276)

—

1,101
(3,276)

$210,712

$(5,626)

$ 10,887

$ 216,002

—

—
—

—

9

—
(59,926)

9,471
(59,926)

Balance at  September 30, 2016

— $ — 30,742,662

—

—

—

(2,547)
(398)

—

(2,547)
(398)

$220,192

$(8,571)

$ (49,039)

$ 162,611

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

71

Liquidity Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries
Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows
(In Thousands)

Operating activities
Net  (loss)  income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Adjustments to  reconcile  net  income  to  net cash provided  by operating

activities:
Depreciation  and  amortization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Business disposition loss . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Change  in  fair  value  of  earn  out liability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stock  compensation  expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Provision (benefit) for  inventory allowance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Provision for doubtful accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred tax expense  (benefit) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Impairment of  goodwill  and intangible  assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Incremental  tax  loss  (benefit) from exercise of common  stock

2016

2015

2014

$ (59,926) $(104,815) $ 30,390

6,502
—
—
12,247
2,676
247
26,177
18,998

9,235
7,963

16,595
—
— (18,390)
12,605
271
151
828
—

12,405
(575)
1,109
(6,282)
147,414

options  and  restricted  stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

229

38

(3,805)

Changes  in  operating  assets  and liabilities:

Accounts  receivable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inventory . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Prepaid  and  deferred taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Prepaid  expenses and  other  assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accounts  payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accrued  expenses and  other current  liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Profit-sharing  distributions payable . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Customer payables . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net  cash provided  by  operating  activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Investing activities
Cash paid  in divestiture . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cash paid  for  acquisitions  and  increase  in  intangibles . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Purchases  of  property and  equipment,  including capitalized software . .

Net  cash used in  investing  activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Financing activities
Repurchases of  common stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Proceeds from exercise  of  common  stock  options  (net of tax) . . . . . . .
Incremental tax  benefit  from  exercise  of  common stock options and

restricted stock . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Net cash (used  in) provided by financing  activities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Effect of exchange rate  differences  on  cash and cash equivalents . . . . .

(4,408)
(4,776)
27,057
(160)
232
17,151
(790)
(901)
5,283

45,838

—
(62)
(6,090)

(6,152)

—
9

(229)

(220)
(418)

12,651
43,101
(38,545)
(1,499)
(4,534)
(18,895)
(2,228)
(11,742)
(1,310)

2,211
(49,488)
(2,829)
2,735
(545)
9,659
425
12,046
(1,003)

43,491

11,856

(2,372)
(137)
(7,312)

(9,821)

—
(141)
(7,539)

(7,680)

— (44,873)
4,146
106

(38)

68
(871)

3,805

(36,922)
235

(32,511)
95,109

Net increase (decrease)  in cash and cash  equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cash and cash  equivalents  at  beginning  of  year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

39,048
95,465

32,867
62,598

Cash and cash  equivalents  at  end  of  year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$134,513

$ 95,465

$ 62,598

Supplemental  disclosure of  cash flow  information
Cash received  (paid) for income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 33,966

$

(5,678) $(18,108)

See accompanying notes to the consolidated financial statements.

72

Liquidity Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements

1. Organization

Liquidity Services (the ‘‘Company’’) employs  innovative e-commerce marketplace  solutions  to
manage, value, and sell inventory and  equipment for business and government  clients. The Company
operates a network of leading e-commerce marketplaces that enable  buyers  and sellers to transact in an
efficient, automated environment offering over 500  product categories. The Company’s marketplaces
provide professional buyers access to a  global, organized supply of new, surplus, and  scrap  assets
presented with digital images and other  relevant product information. Additionally,  the Company
enables its corporate and government  sellers to enhance their  financial return on offered  assets by
providing a liquid marketplace and value-added services that  encompass  the consultative management,
valuation, and sale of surplus assets. The  Company’s broad  range of services include program
management, valuation, asset management, reconciliation, RTV  and RMA (‘‘Return  to  Vendor’’  and
‘‘Returns Management Authorization’’), refurbishment  and recycling, fulfillment, marketing and sales,
warehousing and transportation, buyer  customer support, and  compliance and risk mitigation.  The
Company organizes the products on its marketplaces into categories across major  industry  verticals such
as consumer electronics, general merchandise, apparel, scientific  equipment, aerospace parts and
equipment, technology hardware, energy  equipment, industrial capital assets,  fleet  and transportation
equipment and specialty equipment.  The Company’s marketplaces are www.liquidation.com,
www.govliquidation.com, www.govdeals.com, www.networkintl.com, www.truckcenter.com,
www.secondipity.com, www.unclesamsretailoutlet.com, www.go-dove.com,  and www.irondirect.com. We
have over 8,000 clients, including Fortune 1000 and Global 500  organizations  as well as  government
agencies. The Company has one reportable segment  consisting of an  aggregation  of  five  operating
segments that manage e-commerce marketplaces  for  sellers and buyers of new, surplus,  and scrap
assets.

The Company’s operations are subject to certain risks and uncertainties associated with

technology-oriented companies including, but not limited to, the  Company’s dependence on use  of the
Internet, the effect of general business and economic  trends, its susceptibility  to  rapid  technological
change, actual and potential competition  by  entities  with greater  financial resources,  and the  potential
for the U.S. Government agencies from which the Company has derived  a significant portion of its
inventory to change the way they conduct their surplus disposition  or to otherwise  not  renew their
contracts with the Company.

The Company has evaluated subsequent events through  the date  that these  financial statements

were issued and filed with the Securities and Exchange Commission.

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies

Use of Estimates

The preparation of financial statements  in conformity with  accounting principles generally accepted

in the United States requires management to make estimates and assumptions that affect amounts  in
the consolidated financial statements and  accompanying notes. Actual results could differ from those
estimates.

Principles of Consolidation and Basis of  Presentation

The accompanying consolidated financial statements include the accounts of  the Company and its

wholly-owned subsidiaries. Certain prior  period amounts have been reclassified to conform  to  the
current year’s presentation. All intercompany  balances and transactions have  been eliminated  in
consolidation.

73

Liquidity Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

The accompanying consolidated financial statements have been prepared pursuant to the  rules and
regulations of the Securities and Exchange Commission. In addition, in the  opinion of management,  all
adjustments (consisting of normal, recurring accruals) considered  necessary for a fair presentation of
the results for the periods presented have been included.

Business Combinations

The Company recognizes all of the assets  acquired, liabilities  assumed, contractual contingencies,

and  contingent consideration at their fair value  on the acquisition date. Acquisition-related  costs are
recognized separately from the acquisition  and expensed as incurred.  Restructuring costs incurred  in
periods subsequent to the acquisition date are expensed  when incurred. Subsequent changes to the
purchase price (i.e., working capital adjustments) or other fair  value adjustments determined during  the
measurement period are recorded as an  adjustment to goodwill, with the exception of contingent
consideration, which is recognized in the  statement of operations in the period it is modified. All
subsequent changes to a valuation allowance or uncertain tax position that relate to the acquired
company and existed at the acquisition  date  that occur both within the measurement period  and as a
result of facts and circumstances that  existed at the acquisition date are recognized as  an adjustment to
goodwill. All other changes in valuation allowances  are recognized as a reduction or increase  to  income
tax expense or as a direct adjustment to additional  paid-in capital as required.

Cash and Cash Equivalents

The Company considers all highly liquid securities  purchased with  an initial maturity of three

months or less to be cash equivalents.

Accounts Receivable

Accounts receivable are recorded at  the invoiced amount and are non-interest bearing.  The

Company maintains an allowance for doubtful accounts to reserve  for potentially uncollectible
receivables. Allowances are based on  management’s  judgment, which considers historical experience
and specific knowledge of accounts where  collectability may not be probable. The Company makes
provisions based on historical bad debt  experience, a  specific review of all significant outstanding
invoices and an assessment of general  economic conditions.

Inventory

Inventory consists of property obtained  for resale, generally through the online auction process,

and is stated at the lower of cost or market. Cost is determined using the specific identification
method. Charges for unsellable inventory, as  well  as  for inventory written down to expected market
price, are included in cost of goods sold  in the period in which they  have been determined to occur. As
of September 30, 2016 and 2015, the Company’s inventory  reserve was approximately $3.4 million and
$0.8 million, respectively.

74

Liquidity Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Property and Equipment

Property and equipment is recorded at cost, and depreciated  and amortized on a straight-line basis

over the following estimated useful lives:

Computers and purchased software
Office equipment
Furniture and fixtures
Leasehold improvements
Buildings
Land

One to five years
Three to five years
Five to seven years
Shorter of lease  term or useful  life
Thirty-nine years
Not depreciated

Intangible Assets

Intangible assets primarily consist of contract acquisition costs,  covenants not to compete,  customer

relationships and other intangible assets associated with acquisitions.  Intangible  assets are amortized
using  the straight-line method over their estimated useful lives, ranging from three  to  ten years.

Impairment of Long-Lived Assets

Long-lived assets, including definite lived intangible assets, are reviewed for impairment whenever

events or changes in circumstances indicate that the carrying amount of an asset may not be fully
recoverable. If an impairment indicator is present, the  Company evaluates recoverability by comparing
the carrying amount of the assets to future undiscounted  net  cash flows expected to be generated by
the assets. If the assets are impaired, the  impairment recognized is  measured by the amount by which
the carrying amount exceeds the estimated fair value  of  the  assets.

Goodwill

Goodwill is reviewed for impairment annually  or more frequently if events or  circumstances
indicate impairment may exist. Examples of such  events or circumstances could include a  significant
change  in business climate or the loss of a significant  customer. In evaluating goodwill for impairment,
the Company first assesses qualitative  factors to determine whether  it is  more than likely than not (that
is, a likelihood of more than 50 percent)  that the fair  value of a reporting unit is less than its carrying
amount. If the Company concludes that it is  not  more likely than not that the fair value of the
reporting unit is less than its carrying value,  no further  testing of goodwill assigned to the  reporting
unit is required. However, if the Company concludes that it is more likely than  not  that  the fair value
of a reporting unit is less than its carrying value, the Company  applies a two-step fair value-based test
to assess goodwill for impairment. The first step  compares the fair value of  a reporting unit  to  its
carrying amount, including goodwill.  If the carrying amount of the reporting unit exceeds its fair value,
the second step is then performed. The second  step compares  the carrying amount of the  reporting
unit’s goodwill to the implied fair value  of the goodwill.  If the implied  fair value of the  goodwill is less
than  the carrying amount, an impairment loss would be recorded in the  statement  of  operations.

During fiscal year 2016, the Company  made a  voluntary change in  the method of applying an
accounting principle to change the date of  the annual goodwill impairment assessment. The date  was
changed from September 30 to July 1. As a result, the  annual  goodwill impairment assessment  was
performed as of July 1, 2016 for fiscal year 2016.

75

Liquidity Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Revenue Recognition

The Company recognizes revenue when all  of the following  criteria are met:

(cid:129) a buyer submits the winning bid in an  auction  and, as  a  result, evidence of an  arrangement exists

and  the sale price has been determined;

(cid:129) the buyer has assumed the risks and rewards of ownership; and

(cid:129) collection is reasonably assured.

Revenue is also evaluated to determine whether to report the gross proceeds as  revenue (when  we

act as the principal in the arrangement)  or  report our net  commissions  and related fees as revenue
(when we act as an agent). In arrangements in  which the Company  is deemed to be the primary
obligor, bears physical and general inventory risk, and  credit risk, the  Company recognizes as revenue
the gross proceeds from the sale, including buyer’s premiums.  The Company has  evaluated  its revenue
recognition policy related to sales under its  profit-sharing model and determined it is  appropriate  to
account for these sales on a gross basis.  In the Company’s evaluation,  the Company relied most heavily
upon its  status as primary obligor in  the sales relationship and  the fact that the Company  has general
inventory risk.

In arrangements in which the Company  acts as  an  agent or broker on a  consignment basis,  without
taking physical or general inventory risk, revenue  is recognized based on the sales commissions  that  are
paid to the Company by the sellers for utilizing  the Company’s services;  in this situation, sales
commissions represent a percentage of the gross proceeds  from the sale that the seller pays  to  the
Company upon completion of the transaction. Such  revenue as  well as other  fee  revenue is  presented
as Fee  Revenue in the Consolidated  Statements of Operations.

The Company collects and remits sales taxes  on merchandise that  it purchases and  sells, and

reports such amounts under the net method  in its Consolidated  Statements of Operations.

Cost of Goods Sold

Cost of goods sold includes the costs  of  purchasing and transporting property for auction as well as

credit card transaction fees. The Company  purchases the majority of its inventory at a percentage of
the supplier’s original acquisition cost under the  Surplus Contract  and  certain  commercial contracts,  at
a percentage of the supplier’s last retail  price under  certain commercial contracts, and  at a fixed price
per pound that varies depending on the type of the inventory  purchased under  the Scrap Contract.
Title for the inventory passes to the Company at the time of purchase and  the Company bears the risks
and  rewards of ownership. The Company does not  have title to assets sold on behalf  of its  commercial
or government customers when it receives  only sales commission  revenue and, as such, recognizes no
cost of goods sold associated with those sales.  Cost of goods  sold  also  includes shipping and  handling
costs.

Risk Associated with Certain Concentrations

The Company does not perform credit evaluations  for the majority  of its  buyers.  However,

substantially all sales are recorded subsequent to payment authorization being received. As a result,  the
Company is not subject to significant collection  risk, as  most goods are not  shipped before payment  is
received.

76

Liquidity Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

For consignment sales transactions, funds  are  collected from buyers and  are held  by  the Company
on the sellers’ behalf. The funds are included in cash and  cash equivalents in the  consolidated  financial
statements. The Company releases the  funds to the seller, less the Company’s commission and other
fees due, after the buyer has accepted the goods or within 30  days, depending  on the state where the
buyer and seller conduct business. The amount of cash held on behalf of  the  sellers  is recorded as
customer payables in the accompanying Consolidated Balance Sheets.

Financial instruments that potentially subject the Company  to  significant concentrations  of  credit

risk consist principally of cash and cash  equivalents in banks  over FDIC  limits, and  accounts receivable.
The Company deposits its cash with financial  institutions that the Company  considers  to  be  of  high
credit quality.

The Company has two material contracts with the DoD under which  it acquires, manages and sells

government property. Revenue from the  current Surplus Contract accounted  for 26.8%,  24.7%, and
31.0% of the Company’s consolidated revenue for  the fiscal years ended September 30, 2014,  2015, and
2016, respectively. Revenue from the Scrap contract accounted for  approximately 14.4%, 15.3%  and
10.2% of our total revenue for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2014, 2015 and 2016, respectively.

Additionally, the Company has a contract with a  commercial client under  which it acquires and
sells commercial merchandise. Revenue generated  from  the arrangement represented approximately
9.7% of revenue during fiscal year 2016.

Income Taxes

The Company accounts for income taxes using  an asset  and liability approach for  measuring
deferred taxes based on temporary differences between the financial statement and income tax  bases of
assets and liabilities existing at each balance sheet date using enacted  tax rates for the years in  which
the taxes are  expected to be paid or recovered. We recognize deferred  tax  assets to the extent  that  we
believe that these assets are more likely than not to be realized. In  making such  determination, we
consider all available positive and negative evidence to estimate whether future  taxable income will  be
generated to permit use of the existing deferred tax asset.  The resulting net tax asset reflects
management’s estimate of the amount that will be realized.

The Company applies the authoritative guidance related to uncertainty  in income taxes.  ASC 740
states that a benefit from an uncertain tax position may be recognized when it  is more likely than not
that the position will be sustained upon examination, including  resolutions of any  related appeals or
litigation processes, on the basis of the technical merits.  We record unrecognized tax benefits  as a
reduction to our deferred tax asset for our net operating loss carryforward. We have reduced our net
operating loss carryforward by $0.7 million for unrecognized tax benefits related to federal and  state
exposures.

Stock-Based Compensation

The Company estimates the fair value  of  share-based awards  on the date of grant. The fair value

of stock options and stock appreciation  rights is  determined  using the  Black-Scholes option-pricing
model. The fair value of restricted stock  awards is based on  the closing price of the  Company’s
common stock on the date of grant.  The determination of the fair value  of  the Company’s stock  option
awards and stock appreciation rights  is based on  a variety  of factors including, but not limited to, the

77

Liquidity Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Company’s common stock price, expected stock price volatility over the  expected life  of awards, and
actual and projected exercise behavior.  Additionally, the  Company has estimated forfeitures for share-
based awards at the dates of grant based on  historical experience,  adjusted for future  expectation. The
forfeiture estimate is revised as necessary if  actual  forfeitures differ from  these estimates.

The Company issues stock options, restricted stock,  and stock appreciation rights where restrictions

lapse upon either the passage of time  (service vesting), achievement of performance targets, or  some
combination thereof. For those awards  with only service vesting conditions, the  Company recognizes
compensation cost on a straight-line basis  over the explicit service  period. For  awards  with both
performance and service conditions, the Company  starts recognizing compensation cost over  the
remaining service period, when it is probable the performance  condition will  be  met.

For stock options and stock awards that contain performance vesting conditions, the  Company
excludes these awards from diluted earnings per share computations until  the contingency  is met as of
the end of that reporting period.

The Company presents the cash flows from the tax  benefits resulting from tax deductions  in excess
of the compensation cost recognized for those options  (excess tax benefits)  as a financing activity  with a
corresponding operating cash outflow  in the Consolidated Statements  of  Cash Flows.

Advertising Costs

Advertising expenditures are expensed as incurred.  Advertising costs charged to expense were
$7.2 million, $5.3 million, and $6.0 million  for the years ended September 30, 2014,  2015 and  2016,
respectively.

Fair Value of Financial Instruments

Cash and cash equivalents, accounts receivable, accounts payable, profit-sharing  distributions
payable, and customer payables reported in the Consolidated Balance Sheets approximate their fair
values.

Foreign Currency Translation

The functional currency of the Company’s foreign subsidiaries  is primarily the local currency. The

translation of the subsidiary’s financial statements into  U.S. dollars is  performed  for balance sheet
accounts using exchange rates in effect at the  balance sheet  date and for  revenue and expense accounts
using  an average exchange rate during the period. The resulting translation  adjustments are recognized
in accumulated other comprehensive (loss) income, a separate component of stockholders’ equity.
Realized foreign currency transaction gains and losses for 2014, 2015 and 2016  are included in interest
and  other income (expense), net in the  Consolidated  Statements of Operations.

78

Liquidity Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

Accumulated Other Comprehensive Income (loss)
(Net  of taxes, amount in dollars)

The following table shows the changes in  accumulated other comprehensive income (loss), net  of

taxes (in thousands):

Foreign Currency
Translation
Adjustments

Net Change Pension
and Other
Postretirement
Benefit Plans

Accumulated Other
Comprehensive
Income (Loss)

Balance at 09/30/13 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Current-period other comprehensive (loss)

income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Balance at 09/30/14 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Current-period other comprehensive (loss)

income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Balance at 09/30/15 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Current-period other comprehensive (loss)

income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Balance at 09/30/16 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(629)

(3,042)
(3,671)

(3,276)
(6,947)

(398)

(7,345)

1,147

(927)
220

1,101
1,321

(2,547)

(1,226)

518

(3,969)
(3,451)

(2,175)
(5,626)

(2,945)

(8,571)

Earnings per Share

The Company calculates net income  (loss)  per  share in  accordance with FASB Accounting

Standards Codification (‘‘ASC’’) Topic  260 Earnings  Per Share  (‘‘ASC 260’’). Under ASC  260, basic net
income (loss) per common share is calculated by  dividing net income (loss) by the weighted-average
number of common shares outstanding during  the reporting  period. The weighted average number of
shares of common stock outstanding  includes  vested  restricted  stock awards. Diluted net income (loss)
per  share (‘‘EPS’’) reflects the potential dilution that could occur assuming conversion or exercise of all
dilutive unexercised stock options and unvested restricted  stock awards. The dilutive effect  of
unexercised stock options and unvested  restricted stock  awards was determined using the treasury stock
method. Under the treasury stock method, the proceeds received from the exercise of stock options,
the amount of compensation cost for  future service  not yet recognized by the Company  and the
amount of tax benefits that would be recorded in additional paid-in capital when stock options become
deductible for income tax purposes are all  assumed to be used to repurchase  shares of the  Company’s
common stock. Stock options and restricted stock awards are not included in the computation of
diluted net income (loss) per share when they are antidilutive.

The Company has not included the following  stock options in the calculation of diluted income per
share because the  option exercise prices  were greater than the average  market prices for the applicable
periods:

(a) for the fiscal year ended September 30,  2016 - 1,284,689 options;

(b) for the fiscal year ended September 30,  2015 - 1,256,345 options; and

(c)

for the fiscal year ended September 30,  2014 - 836,303 options.

79

Liquidity Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

For the twelve months ended September 30,  2016 and  2015, the basic and diluted weighted average
common shares were the same because the inclusion of dilutive securities would have been anti-dilutive.
Diluted net income attributable to common stockholders per share includes  the potential dilution that
could occur if securities or other contracts  to  issue common stock were exercised  or converted into
common stock. See Note 12 for outstanding stock options  and unvested restricted stock, all of which
are anti-dilutive as of September 30, 2016.

The following summarizes the potential outstanding  common  stock of the Company as of the  dates

set forth below:

September 30,

2016

2015

2014

(amounts in thousands except
per share and share data)

Weighted average shares calculation:
Basic weighted average shares outstanding . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Treasury stock effect of options and  restricted stock . . . . . . .

30,638,163
—

29,987,985
—

31,243,932
151,369

Diluted weighted average common shares outstanding . . . . .

30,638,163

29,987,985

31,395,301

Net (loss) income . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Basic (loss) earnings per common share . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Diluted (loss) earnings per common share . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

$

$

(59,926) $ (104,815) $

30,390

(1.96) $

(3.50) $

(1.96) $

(3.50) $

0.97

0.97

Recent  Accounting Pronouncements

In August 2014, the FASB issued Accounting Standards  Update  (‘‘ASU’’) 2014-15, Presentation of

Financial Statements—Going Concern, which requires management to evaluate  whether there  are
conditions and events that raise substantial  doubt  about the  entity’s ability to continue  as a going
concern and to provide disclosures in  certain circumstances. The new guidance  was issued to reduce
diversity  in the timing and content of footnote disclosures.  This guidance is effective for fiscal years,
and interim reporting periods therein, beginning after December 15, 2016. The Company  expects  to
adopt this standard in its fiscal year ending September 30, 2018 and does  not  expect the  adoption of
this  guidance to have a material effect  upon its consolidated financial  statements.

In May 2014, the Financial Accounting  Standards Board (FASB) issued Accounting  Standards

Update (‘‘ASU’’) 2014-09, Revenue from Contracts with Customers, which supersedes most existing
revenue recognition guidance under GAAP.  The  new standard will change the  way the Company
recognizes revenue and significantly expand the disclosure requirements for revenue arrangements. In
July 2015, the FASB delayed the effective  date of the new  standard  such that the new standard will be
effective for the Company beginning on  October 1, 2018, and may  be  adopted  either retrospectively or
on a modified retrospective basis whereby the new standard  would be applied to new and  existing
arrangements with remaining performance obligations as of the  effective date,  with a cumulative
catch-up adjustment recorded to retained  earnings at the effective  date for existing arrangements with
remaining performance obligations. The Company  is currently evaluating the methods  of adoption
allowed by the new standard and the effect  that adoption  of  the  standard is expected to have on the
Company’s consolidated financial statements and related disclosures.

80

Liquidity Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

2. Summary of Significant Accounting Policies (Continued)

In April 2015, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (‘‘ASU’’) 2015-05,

‘‘Intangibles—Goodwill and Other—Internal-Use Software  (Subtopic 350-40):  Customer’s Accounting  for
Fees Paid in a Cloud Computing Arrangement. ASU 2015-05 provides guidance regarding whether a
cloud computing arrangement includes  a  software  license. If a cloud computing arrangement includes a
software license, the software license element of the arrangement must be accounted for in a manner
consistent with the acquisition of other  software  licenses. If a cloud computing arrangement  does not
include a software license, the arrangement  must be accounted for as a service  contract. ASU 2015-05
does not change the accounting for service  contracts. ASU 2015-05 is effective  for fiscal years, including
interim periods within those fiscal years, beginning after December 15, 2015. The Company will apply
the amendments in this Update beginning in  fiscal year 2017.

In November, 2015, the FASB issued Accounting  Standards Update (‘‘ASU’’) 2015-17, ‘‘Income
Taxes—Balance Sheet Classification of  Deferred Taxes.’’ASU 2015-17 requires that deferred tax  liabilities
and assets be classified as noncurrent in  a  classified statement of financial position. The current
requirement that deferred tax liabilities and assets of a  tax-paying component of an entity be offset and
presented as a single amount is not affected by  the amendments in this  update. For public entities, the
amendments in this Update are effective for  financial statements  issued for  annual periods beginning
after December 15, 2016, and interim  periods within  those annual periods. Early application is
permitted for all entities as of the beginning of an interim  or annual period. The  amendments in the
Update may be applied either prospectively  to  all deferred tax liabilities and assets or retrospectively to
all periods presented. The Company has early adopted and chosen to apply the amendments in this
Update prospectively effective to the  fiscal  year 2016.

In February 2016, the FASB issued Accounting Standards Update (‘‘ASU’’) 2016-02, Leases.
ASU 2016-02 will change the way the  Company recognizes its  leased assets.  ASU 2016-02 will require
organizations that lease assets—referred to as ‘‘lessees’’—to  recognize  on the  balance  sheet the  assets
and liabilities representing the rights  and  obligations  created  by those leases.  ASU  2016-02 will  also
require disclosures to help investors and  other  financial statement  users  better  understand the amount,
timing, and uncertainty of cash flows arising from  leases. The standard will be effective  for the
Company beginning on October 1, 2019.  The Company is currently evaluating the  methods of adoption
allowed by the new standard and the effect that adoption of  the  standard is expected to have on the
Company’s consolidated financial statements and related  disclosures.

3. Significant Contracts

DLA Disposition Services

The Company has a Surplus Contract with  the DLA  Disposition  Services (DLA) under  which the
Company is the remarketer of all Department of  Defense  (DoD) non-rolling stock surplus turned into
the DLA available for sale within the  United States,  Puerto Rico,  and Guam.  The  Surplus Contract
requires the Company to purchase all  usable surplus property offered to the Company by the DoD at a
fixed percentage of the DoD’s original  acquisition value (OAV).  This fixed percentage is 4.35%; prior
to the date the current Surplus Contract  became  effective, this  fixed  percentage  was  1.8%. The
Company retains 100% of the profits  from the resale of the  property  and  bears all of the  costs for the
merchandising and sale of the property.  Included in accrued expenses and other current  liabilities  in
the Consolidated Balance Sheet is a  liability  to  the DoD of  $16.1 million  and $2.0  million  for inventory
as of  September 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively. The Surplus Contract permits either  party to

81

Liquidity Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

3. Significant Contracts (Continued)

terminate the contract for convenience. The initial two-year base period ends in  December 2016. There
are four one-year options to extend, exercisable  by DLA.

Revenue from the current Surplus Contract accounted for  26.8%, 24.7%, and 31.0%  of the
Company’s consolidated revenue for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2014,  2015, and  2016,
respectively.

The Company has a Scrap Contract with  the DLA  under which the Company is the remarketer of

all DoD non electronic scrap turned into the  DLA available for sale  within the United States, Puerto
Rico, and Guam.

The DLA initiated an Invitation to Bid  for the next  Scrap Contract.  Bids were solicited  in
February 2016, and the contract was  awarded  to  the Company in April  2016. The contract is a  three-
year contract with two one-year options. The Company will  pay a revenue-sharing payment to the DLA
under this contract equal to 64.5% of the gross resale proceeds of the scrap property,  and the
Company will bear all of the costs for the sorting,  merchandising and sale of the property.  The  contract
contains a provision permitting the DLA to terminate the contract  for  convenience upon  written  notice
to the Company from the DLA. The Company  has commenced  operations under this contract in the
first fiscal quarter of 2017.

Revenue from the Scrap contract accounted  for approximately 14.4%, 15.3%  and 10.2%  of the
Company’s total revenue for the fiscal years ended September 30, 2014, 2015 and 2016, respectively.

4. National Electronic Service Association (NESA)Acquisition

On November 1, 2012, the Company acquired the assets  and  assumed liabilities of NESA in an all-
cash transaction. The acquisition price included  an upfront cash  payment of approximately $18.3 million
and  an earn-out payment. The Company’s estimate of the fair value  of the earn-out  as of the date of
acquisition was $18.0 million. Based upon revised  projections,  the  Company determined that the  fair
value of the earn-out as of June 30, 2014 was zero and reversed the  liability  of $18.6 million with  a
corresponding reduction (credit) in the acquisition costs and related fair  value  adjustments and
impairment of goodwill and long-lived  assets line in the  Consolidated Statements  of  Operations for the
year ended September 30, 2014.

NESA ceased operations in fiscal 2015.  The Company has no further contractual obligations

regarding the earn-out payment.

82

Liquidity Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

5. Property and Equipment

Property and equipment, including equipment under  capital  lease obligations, consists  of the

following:

September 30,

2016

2015

(in thousands)

Computers and purchased software . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Office/Operational equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Furniture and fixtures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Vehicles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Leasehold improvements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Building . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Land . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Construction in progress . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 24,584
6,700
1,356
981
5,139
2,257
754
3,926

$ 24,140
6,922
1,260
1,015
5,301
1,849
754
425

Total property and equipment . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Less: Accumulated depreciation and  amortization . . . . . . . . . .

45,697
(31,321)

41,666
(28,310)

Total property and equipment, net

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 14,376

$ 13,356

Depreciation and amortization expense related to property and equipment for  the years ended

September 30, 2014, 2015 and 2016 was $5.6 million, $6.1  million, and $5.1 million, respectively.

6. Goodwill

During  fiscal year  2016, the Company made a voluntary change in  the method of applying an
accounting principle to change the date of  the annual goodwill impairment assessment. The date  was
changed from September 30 to July 1. As  a result, the  annual  goodwill impairment assessment  was
performed as of July 1, 2016 for fiscal  year 2016.

The goodwill of acquired companies is primarily related  to the acquisition of  an experienced and

knowledgeable workforce.

A reporting unit represents a component of an operating segment that  (a) constitutes a business,

(b) has discrete financial information,  and  (c) its performance  is reviewed  by  management. At fiscal
year-end 2015, the Company had two reporting  units—LSI-Retail  Supply Chain Group (RSCG) and
LSI-Capital Assets Group (CAG). During  fiscal year 2016, in light of new business ventures  and
management restructuring, the Company  concluded it now has five reporting  units—RSCG, CAG,
LSI-GovDeals, LSI-Truckcenter, and LSI-IronDirect.

As part of the Company’s fiscal year  2016 annual  impairment assessment, the Company  identified

indicators of impairment and as a result  performed step  one of the goodwill  impairment test.  The
Company performed the step one test using a  discounted cash  flow method. The Company  concluded
that the carrying value exceeded fair  value for one of the Company’s five reporting  units that had
goodwill. Accordingly, the Company performed the step two test to derive the fair value of the
goodwill, and as a result the Company  recorded a $19.0  million impairment charge  during the fourth
quarter of fiscal year 2016. The goodwill  impairment was due to updated assumptions used in the  fair
value calculation.

83

Liquidity Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

6. Goodwill (Continued)

As of December 31, 2014, the Company identified indicators of impairment  and as a result
performed an impairment test and concluded as part of the step one test that the carrying  values  of
both of the Company’s two reporting units exceeded their estimated fair  values.  The  Company
performed the step one test using the discounted cash flow method. As a result of the step two test,
the Company recorded an impairment  charge of $85.1 million during the  first  quarter  of fiscal year
2015. As of September 30, 2015, as part of the  Company’s  annual  impairment test, the Company
identified indicators of impairment and as a result performed  an impairment test and concluded as  part
of the step one test that the carrying values of both of the Company’s two reporting units  exceeded
their estimated fair values. As a result of the step two test, the Company  recorded an impairment
charge of $51.2 million during the fourth quarter of fiscal year 2015. Goodwill impairment losses  for
fiscal 2015 totaled $136.2 million and were the result of the termination of  the Wal-Mart Agreement,
cessation of operations of NESA, and decline  in market capitalization.

The following summarizes the goodwill  activity for  the periods indicated:

Balance at September 30, 2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Impairment charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Business disposition . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Translation adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Balance at September 30, 2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Impairment charge . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Translation adjustments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Goodwill

(in thousands)
$ 209,656
(136,248)
(6,733)
(2,602)

64,073
(18,998)
59

Balance at September 30, 2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 45,134

No goodwill impairments were recorded prior  to  September 30, 2014.

7. Intangible Assets

As a result of the acquisition of Jacobs  Trading  Company on October 1, 2011,  the Company
assumed the rights and obligations of  Jacobs Trading  Company under the  seller’s  Master Merchandise
Salvage Contract with Wal-Mart Stores,  Inc. (the ‘‘Wal-Mart Agreement’’)  dated May  13, 2011. On
December 1, 2014, Wal-Mart provided  the Company with written  notice terminating the Wal-Mart
Agreement effective December 8, 2014. As a result  of the  termination  of  the Wal-Mart Agreement,  the
Company concluded that the intangible asset  related to the Wal-Mart Agreement was impaired and
reduced the remaining unamortized contract intangible  asset of  $10.3 million to zero during the  fiscal
year ended September 30, 2015. This  impairment charge is recorded in the Acquisition costs  and the
related fair value adjustments and impairment of goodwill and long-lived assets  line item in  the

84

Liquidity Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

7. Intangible Assets (Continued)

Consolidated Statements of Operations. Intangible assets at  September 30,  2016 and  September 30,
2015 consisted only of definite-lived intangible assets, and were the following:

September 30, 2016

September  30, 2015

Gross

Net

Gross

Net

Carrying Accumulated Carrying Carrying Accumulated Carrying
(in years) Amount Amortization Amount Amount Amortization Amount

Useful
Life

Contract intangibles . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Brand and technology . . . . . . . . . . .
Covenants not to compete . . . . . . . .
Patent and trademarks . . . . . . . . . . .

10
3 - 5
3 - 5
3 - 10

$1,500
5,749
700
820

(dollars in thousands)

$ (150)
(5,018)
(533)
(418)

$1,350 $1,500
5,749
700
792

731
167
402

$ — $1,500
1,823
(3,926)
267
(433)
461
(331)

Total intangible assets, net . . . . . . . .

$8,769

$(6,119)

$2,650 $8,741

$(4,690)

$4,051

Future expected amortization of intangible assets at September  30, 2016 is  as follows:

Years ending September 30,

2017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2018 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2019 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2020 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2021 and after . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Amortization

(in thousands)
$1,073
281
207
957
132

Total

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$2,650

Amortization expense related to intangible  assets for the years ended September  30, 2016, 2015
and 2014 was $1.4 million, $3.1 million, and $11.0  million, respectively. In prior years the  Company
presented amortization of contract intangibles on a separate line  item  within the Consolidated
Statements of Operations. During fiscal year 2016, the  Company reclassified  amortization  of contract
intangibles to the depreciation and amortization line item.

8. Debt

Senior Credit Facility

In 2010, the Company entered into a senior credit facility (the Agreement) with  a bank, which
provided for borrowings up to $75.0 million, as  amended. On  May 1,  2015, the  Company amended this
credit facility extending the term to May  31, 2018. Borrowings under  the Agreement bore interest at an
annual rate equal to the 30 day LIBOR rate plus 1.25%  (1.451%  at  September  30, 2015) due monthly.
As of September 30, 2015, the Company  had no  outstanding borrowings under the Agreement, and  the
Company’s borrowing availability was  $37.5 million, of which  the Company had used $13.9  million  for
issued letters of credit. Borrowings under  the Agreement were secured  by substantially all of  the assets
of the Company. The Agreement contained certain financial and  non-financial restrictive covenants
including, among others, the requirements  to  maintain a minimum  level of earnings before interest,
income taxes, depreciation and amortization (EBITDA) and  a minimum  debt coverage ratio.

Effective March 25, 2016, the Company terminated its  $75 million senior  credit  facility. There  were

no outstanding borrowings under the  Agreement  at the  time of its termination.

85

Liquidity Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

9. Commitments

Leases

The Company leases certain office space and equipment under non-cancelable  operating lease
agreements, which expire at various dates through  2021. Certain of the leases contain escalation clauses
and  provide for the pass-through of increases in operating expenses and real estate taxes.  Rent related
to leases that have escalation clauses is recognized on a straight-line basis.  Resulting  deferred rent
charges are included in other long-term liabilities and were $1.0 million and $1.2  million, at
September 30, 2016 and 2015, respectively.  Future minimum payments under  the leases as  of
September 30, 2016 are as follows:

Years ending September 30,

2017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2018 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2019 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2020 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2021 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2022 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Operating
Lease
Payments

(in thousands)
$ 9,406
8,645
6,607
3,434
1,639
49

Total future minimum lease payments . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$29,780

Rent expense for the years ended September  30, 2016, 2015 and 2014  was  $11.5 million,

$12.5 million, and $12.1 million, respectively.

10. 401(k) Benefit Plan

The Company has a retirement plan  (the Plan), which  is intended to be a  qualified plan under

Section 401(k) of the Internal Revenue  Code. The Plan is a defined  contribution plan available to all
eligible employees and allows participants to contribute up to the  legal maximum  of  their  eligible
compensation, not to exceed the maximum tax-deferred  amount allowed  by the  Internal  Revenue
Service. The Plan also allows the Company to make discretionary matching contributions.  For the  years
ended September 30, 2016, 2015 and  2014, the Company  contributed and recorded  expense of
approximately $1.7 million, $2.4 million, and $2.7  million, respectively, to the Plan.

86

Liquidity Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

11. Income Taxes

The components of the provision for  income  taxes of continuing operations are as  follows:

Year ended September 30,

2016

2015

2014

(in thousands)

Current tax provision (benefit):
U.S. Federal
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foreign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Deferred tax (benefit) expense:
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
U.S. Federal
State . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foreign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ — $(32,116) $14,328
2,613
1,888

(1,375)
203

672
176

848

(33,288)

18,829

25,338
3,890
(3,051)

26,177

326
(4,422)
(2,187)

(6,283)

(2,886)
(526)
4,240

828

Total provision . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$27,025

$(39,571) $19,657

Deferred taxes reflect the net tax effect of  temporary differences between the  carrying amounts of

assets and liabilities for financial reporting purposes and the  amounts used for  income  tax purposes.
Significant components of the Company’s deferred tax assets and liabilities are as  follows:

Deferred tax assets:
Net operating losses—Foreign . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net operating losses—U.S.
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Accrued vacation and bonus . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inventory capitalization . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inventory reserves . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Allowance for doubtful accounts . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Stock compensation expense . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Amortization of intangibles . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Amortization of goodwill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pension liability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Other . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

September 30,

2016

2015

(in thousands)

$ 8,964
17,086
1,305
1,906
1,311
120
8,105
2,286
1,021
133
3,699

$ 8,586
11,208
4,251
2,817
299
83
7,135
2,808
—
—
530

Total deferred tax assets before valuation allowance . . . . . . . . .
Less: valuation allowance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

45,936
(44,257)

37,717
(8,474)

Net deferred tax assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Deferred tax liabilities:
Amortization of goodwill . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Depreciation . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Pension liability . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

1,679

29,243

9,444
658
—

14,760
472
112

Total deferred tax liabilities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 10,102

$15,344

Net deferred taxes

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ (8,423) $13,899

87

Liquidity Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

11. Income Taxes (Continued)

To simplify the presentation of the deferred income  taxes, the FASB issued Accounting  Standards

Update 2015-17. The amendments in this  Update require that deferred tax liabilities and assets be
classified as noncurrent in our Consolidated Balance  Sheets.  The Company  has early  adopted  and
chosen to apply the new amendments prospectively effective fiscal year 2016.  Prior  periods have  not
been retroactively adjusted. The net current deferred tax asset of $10.1 million is  recorded in prepaid
and  deferred taxes on the Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September  30, 2015. The net  non-current
deferred tax asset of approximately $1.0 million and $5.9 million  is recorded in deferred tax assets  and
other  assets on the consolidated balance sheets as of September 30, 2016 and  2015, respectively.  The
net non-current deferred tax liability of approximately $9.4 million and $2.0 million is  recorded in other
liabilities in the Consolidated Balance  Sheets as of  September 30, 2016 and 2015 respectively.

The reconciliation of the U.S. federal statutory rate to the  effective  rate for  continuing  operations

is as follows:

Year ended
September 30,

2016

2015

2014

U.S. statutory rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Permanent items . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
State taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Net foreign rate differential
Unrecognized tax benefits
. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Change in valuation allowance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

35.0% 35.0% 35.0%
(6.3)
(4.2)
2.6
1.9
(3.0)
(3.8)
(2.2)
(108.8)

0.5
2.7
(2.5)

(0.9)

3.6

Provision for income taxes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

(82.1)% 27.4% 39.3%

At September 30, 2016 and 2015, the Company  had  federal and state  deferred tax assets  of
$35.8 million and $28.3 million, respectively,  related to available federal and state  net operating loss
(NOL) carryforwards and other U.S. deductible temporary  differences. The NOL  carryforwards expire
beginning in 2035 through 2036. At September 30, 2016  and 2015,  the Company  had deferred tax assets
related to available foreign NOL carryforwards of approximately $9.0 million and $8.6 million
respectively. All but approximately $0.3  million of our foreign NOLs maintain an indefinite carry
forward life. The NOLs with limited carryforward periods  will expire beginning in  2017 through 2036.

The Company assesses available positive  and negative  evidence to estimate  whether  sufficient
future taxable income will be generated  to  permit  use of the  existing deferred  tax assets. A significant
piece of objective negative evidence evaluated  was the cumulative  loss incurred over the  three-year
period ended September 30, 2016. Such  objective  evidence limits the ability to consider other evidence
such as our projections for future growth. On the  basis of this evaluation,  the Company recorded  a
valuation allowance charge of $35.8 million to bring the  total  valuation allowance  to  $44.3 million at
September 2016.

The Company has not recorded a provision for  deferred U.S. tax  expense on the undistributed
earnings of foreign subsidiaries since  the Company  intends  to  indefinitely  reinvest  the earnings of  these
foreign subsidiaries outside the U.S.  The  amount  of such undistributed foreign earnings was
approximately $10.7 million as of September 30, 2016. As of September 30, 2016 and 2015,

88

Liquidity Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

11. Income Taxes (Continued)

approximately $21.5 million and $23.6  million,  respectively, of cash and cash equivalents  was  held
overseas and not available to fund domestic operations  without incurring taxes upon repatriation.

The following is a tabular reconciliation of the total amounts of unrecognized tax  benefits:

Year ended
September 30
(In thousands)

2016

2015

2014

Beginning balance at October 1 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Additions based on positions related to the current  year . . . . . . .
Additions for tax positions of prior years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Reductions for tax positions of prior  years . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Settlements . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ — — —
— — —
725 — —
— — —
— — —

Balance at September 30 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$725 — —

The Company applies the authoritative guidance related to uncertainty  in income taxes.  ASC 740
states that a benefit from an uncertain  tax  position may  be recognized when it  is more likely than not
that the position will be sustained upon examination, including  resolutions of any  related appeals or
litigation processes, on the basis of the technical merits.  We record unrecognized tax benefits  as a
reduction to our deferred tax asset for  our net operating loss carryforward. We have reduced our net
operating loss carryforward by $0.7 million for  unrecognized tax benefits related to federal and  state
exposures. Included in the balance of unrecognized  tax  benefits as of September 30, 2016, 2015, and
2014, are $0.7 million, $0 and $0, respectively, of benefits  that, if  recognized,  would affect the  effective
tax rate.

The Company’s policy is to recognize  interest and  penalties in the period in  which they occur in

the income tax provision. The Company and its  subsidiaries  file  income  tax  returns in the  U.S. federal
jurisdiction, various state and local jurisdictions  and in  foreign jurisdictions, primarily Canada and the
U.K. Currently, the Company is subject to income tax examinations for  fiscal  years  2012 through 2015.
The Company anticipates no material tax  liability to arise from these examinations. The statute of
limitations for years prior to fiscal 2013 is now closed. However, certain tax attribute carryforwards that
were generated prior to fiscal 2013 may  be adjusted  upon examination by tax authorities if they are
utilized.

12. Equity Transactions

2006 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan

In conjunction with the Company’s initial public offering, the board of directors and the

Company’s stockholders approved the 2006 Omnibus Long-Term  Incentive Plan,  or the 2006  Plan, on
December 2, 2005. The 2005 Stock Option  and  Incentive  Plan  was  terminated  when the 2006 Plan
became effective, immediately after the  closing of the  initial public offering.

A portion of the options and restricted shares  granted to employees vest  based on certain
performance conditions being satisfied  by  the Company.  Performance-based stock options are tied to
the Company’s annual performance against pre-established internal targets  and the  actual payout under
these awards  may vary from zero to 100%  of an  employee’s target payout,  based upon the Company’s
actual performance during the previous  twelve  months. The performance-based stock options are also

89

Liquidity Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

12. Equity Transactions (Continued)

subject  to vesting requirements and generally vest when the performance condition has  been satisfied.
The fair value for stock options granted during  the period was  estimated  at the  grant date using  the
Black-Scholes option pricing model, as described in Note 2, and the fair value of restricted shares
granted is based on the closing price of the shares on  the grant  date. Compensation  cost is  recognized
when the performance condition has been satisfied  or  when it  becomes probable that the  performance
condition will be satisfied.

Under the 2006 Plan, as amended, 10,000,000 shares of common stock  were available for issuance.

At September 30, 2014, there were 772,227  shares  remaining reserved for issuance in  connection with
awards under the 2006 Plan. In February 2015, at the Company’s annual meeting of stockholders, the
stockholders approved an amendment to the 2006 Plan which increased the shares  available  for
issuance under the 2006 Plan by 3,000,000 shares and established  a fungible share pool so that awards
other  than options or stock appreciation rights granted  after  January 9, 2015, would be counted as  1.5
shares from the shares reserved for issuance under the 2006 Plan. During the twelve months ended
September 30, 2016, the Company canceled 92,499  options and 214,014 restricted  shares with
performance conditions because the Compensation  Committee, which administers the 2006  Plan,
determined the performance goals had  become unachievable.  At September 30, 2016, there  were
456,424 shares remaining reserved for issuance in connection  with awards  under the 2006 Plan.

During fiscal year 2015, the Company  issued 737,972 cash-settled stock appreciation rights  at the

price of $9.35, and 59,156 cash-settled  stock appreciation rights were forfeited. During the  twelve
months ended September 30, 2016, the Company issued 1,062,668 cash-settled stock  appreciation rights
at a  price of $4.57 and 153,338 cash-settled stock appreciation rights  were forfeited. Stock appreciation
rights are recorded as liability awards. The maximum number  of shares  subject  to  options  or stock
appreciation rights that can be awarded  under the 2006  Plan  to  any  person  is 1,000,000  per  year. The
maximum number of shares that can be awarded  under the 2006 Plan to any  person, other than
pursuant to an option or stock appreciation right, is  700,000 per year. The Company  issues  stock
appreciation rights where restrictions  lapse  upon either the  passage of time (service  vesting),
achievement of performance targets,  or  some combination  of these conditions. For  those stock
appreciation rights with only service conditions, the Company recognizes compensation  cost on a
straight-line basis over the explicit service period. For awards  with both performance and  service
conditions, the Company starts recognizing compensation cost over the remaining service period, when
it is probable the performance condition will  be  met. The  stock appreciation  rights that include only
service conditions generally vest over a  period of one to four years conditioned on continued
employment for the incentive period.

For the years ended September 30, 2016, 2015  and 2014 the Company recorded stock-based
compensation of $12.3 million, $12.4 million, and  $12.6 million, respectively. The total costs related  to
unvested awards, not yet recognized, as of September  30, 2016 was  $17.1 million, which will be
recognized over the weighted  average vesting period of 34.1 months.

The 2006 Plan permits the granting of options to purchase  shares  of  common stock intended  to

qualify  as incentive stock options under  the  Internal Revenue Code and stock options that do not
qualify  as incentive stock options (‘‘non-qualified  stock options’’). The exercise price of each stock
option may not be less than 100% of the fair  market  value of the common stock on the date of grant.
However, if a grant recipient, who holds at least  10%  of  the  common  stock of the Company,  receives
an incentive stock option, the exercise  price of such  incentive stock  option  may not be less than 110%
of the fair market value of the common stock on the date of grant. The  term of each stock option is
fixed by the compensation committee and may not exceed 10  years  from the date of grant.

90

Liquidity Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

12. Equity Transactions (Continued)

The compensation committee may also award under the 2006 Plan:

(cid:129) restricted stock, which are shares of common stock subject to restrictions;

(cid:129) stock units, which are common stock units  subject to restrictions;

(cid:129) dividend equivalent rights, which are rights  entitling the  recipient to receive credits  for dividends

that would be paid if the recipient had held  a  specified number of shares of common stock;

(cid:129) stock appreciation rights, which are rights  to  receive  a  number of shares  or, in the  discretion  of
the compensation committee and subject to applicable  law, an amount in cash or a  combination
of shares and cash, based on the increase in the  fair market value of the shares underlying the
right during a stated period specified by  the compensation committee;

(cid:129) unrestricted stock, which are shares  of  common stock  granted  without restrictions as a  bonus;

and

(cid:129) performance and annual incentive  awards, ultimately payable in  common stock or cash, as

determined by the compensation committee (the compensation committee  may grant multi-year
and  annual incentive awards subject to achievement of specified  goals  tied  to  business  criteria
set forth in the 2006 Plan).

Share Repurchase Program

The Company is authorized to repurchase issued and outstanding shares of its common stock
under a share repurchase program approved by our  Board of Directors. Share repurchases may be
made through open market purchases,  privately negotiated transactions or otherwise, at times and  in
such  amounts as management deems appropriate.  The timing and actual number of shares repurchased
will depend on a variety of factors including price,  corporate and regulatory  requirements and other
market conditions. The repurchase program  may  be  discontinued or suspended  at any time,  and will be
funded using our available cash. The Company’s Board of  Directors reviews the share  repurchase
program periodically, the last such review having occurred in May  2016. We  did not repurchase shares
under this program during the twelve months ended September  30, 2016. As of September  30, 2016, we
may repurchase an additional $10.1 million  shares  under this program. A  summary  of the Company’s
share repurchase activity from fiscal year 2009 to the year  ended September 30, 2016 is  as follows:

Fiscal Year Period

Total Number
of Shares
Purchased

Average Price
Paid per
Share

2013 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

—
2,962,978
—
—

—
$15.90
—
—

Total Cash
Paid for
Shares
Purchased

—
44,873,000
—
—

Approximate Dollar
Value of Shares
that May Yet Be
Purchased Under
the Plans or
Programs(1)

31,000,000
5,127,000
5,127,000
$10,127,000

(1) On February 5, 2014, our Board of  Directors approved an additional  $19.0 million for  the
share repurchase program. On May 5, 2016, the Company’s Board of  Directors approved

91

Liquidity Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

12. Equity Transactions (Continued)

the repurchase of an additional $5.0 million in shares  raising  the current amount
approved for repurchase, that may yet be expended  up to $10.1 million.

Stock Option Activity

A summary of the Company’s stock option activity  for the  years  ended September 30,  2016, 2015,

and 2014 is as follows:

Options outstanding at September 30, 2013 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options canceled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Options outstanding at September 30, 2014 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options canceled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Options outstanding at September 30, 2015 . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options exercised . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Options canceled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Options

1,592,406
437,755
(383,160)
(181,094)

1,465,907
310,177
(14,869)
(288,572)

1,472,643
583,228
(1,251)
(346,133)

Options outstanding at September 30, 2016 . . . . . . . . . . . .

1,708,487

Options exercisable at September 30,  2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . .

979,633

Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price

$16.46
22.41
10.83
18.14

19.50
9.92
7.09
20.26

17.46
6.68
7.48
16.99

13.91

17.76

The following table summarizes information  about options outstanding  at September 30, 2016:

Range of Exercise Price

Options Outstanding

Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual  Life

Weighted-
Average
Exercise  Price

Number
Outstanding

$5.53 - $11.24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$11.25 - $46.72 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

939,057
769,430

7.83
5.02

$ 7.85
21.31

The following table summarizes information  about options exercisable at  September 30,  2016:

Range of Exercise Price

Options Exercisable

Weighted-
Average
Remaining
Contractual Life

Number
Exercisable

$5.53 - $11.24 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
$11.25 - $46.72 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

319,733
659,900

5.12
4.57

Weighted-
Average
Exercise Price

$ 9.42
21.80

92

Liquidity Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

12. Equity Transactions (Continued)

The following table summarizes information about assumptions used in valuing options  granted:

Year ended September 30

2016

2015

2014

Dividend yield . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expected volatility . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Risk-free interest rate . . . . . . . . . .
Expected forfeiture rate . . . . . . . . .

—

—
51.5% - 58.6% 71.9% - 77.9%

—
50.9%
0.5% - 1.5% 0.26% - 1.4% 0.1% - 1.2%
22.8%

23.5% 22.2% - 22.8%

The intrinsic value of outstanding and  exercisable options at September 30, 2016  was
approximately $3.2 million and $0.6 million,  respectively, based on a stock price of $11.24  on
September 30, 2016.

The weighted average grant date fair  value of options  granted  during 2016, 2015, and 2014 was

$2.07, $4.89, and $7.89, respectively.

The intrinsic value of options exercised at September  30, 2016, 2015, and 2014 was  approximately

$3,128, $4,000, and $1,119,000, respectively. Approximately  0.4 million unvested service-based stock
options are expected to vest.

Restricted Share Activity

A summary of the Company’s restricted  share  activity  for the  years  ended September 30, 2016,

2015, and 2014 is as follows:

Unvested restricted shares at September 30, 2013 . . . . . . . . . .
Restricted shares granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restricted shares vested . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restricted shares canceled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Unvested restricted shares at September 30, 2014 . . . . . . . . . .
Restricted shares granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restricted shares vested . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restricted shares canceled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Unvested restricted shares at September 30, 2015 . . . . . . . . . .
Restricted shares granted . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restricted shares vested . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Restricted shares canceled . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Restricted
Shares

1,543,869
1,040,748
(436,204)
(250,586)

1,897,827
1,298,604
(343,204)
(486,040)

2,367,187
1,504,655
(715,188)
(495,409)

Unvested restricted shares at September 30, 2016 . . . . . . . . . .

2,661,245

Weighted-
Average
Fair Value

$28.89
18.78
24.72
23.87

24.96
10.04
27.50
26.54

16.08
5.54
16.09
20.25

9.34

The intrinsic value and weighted average  remaining  contractual  life in  years  of  unvested restricted

shares at September 30, 2016 is approximately $29.9  million  and  8.68, respectively,  based on  a stock
price of $11.24 on September 30, 2016. Approximately 1.6 million unvested  service-based  restricted
stock shares are expected to vest.

93

Liquidity Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

13. Fair Value Measurement

The Company measures and records in the accompanying consolidated  financial  statements certain
liabilities at fair value on a recurring basis. Authoritative guidance issued by  the FASB establishes a fair
value hierarchy for those instruments  measured at fair value that  distinguishes between assumptions
based on  market data (observable inputs) and the Company’s assumptions (unobservable inputs). The
hierarchy consists of three levels:

Level 1 Quoted market prices in active  markets for identical assets or liabilities;
Level 2

Inputs other than Level 1 inputs that are either  directly or indirectly
observable; and

Level 3 Unobservable inputs developed using estimates and assumptions developed

by the Company, which reflect those that a market participant would use.

As of September 30, 2016 and 2015, the Company had no Level 1, Level 2 or Level  3 assets or

liabilities measured at fair value.

The Company’s financial assets not measured at fair  value are cash and cash equivalents (which

includes cash and  commercial paper  with  original maturities of less than 90 days). The Company
believes the carrying value approximates  fair value  due to the short term  maturity of these instruments.

14. Defined Benefit Pension Plan

Certain employees of GoIndustry (UK) Limited (‘‘GoIndustry’’), which the Company acquired in

July 2012, are covered by the Henry  Butcher Pension Fund and Life Assurance Scheme (the
‘‘Scheme’’), a qualified defined benefit  pension plan.

The Company recognizes the funded status of its postretirement benefit plans, with a
corresponding noncash adjustment to  accumulated other comprehensive loss, net of tax,  in
stockholders’ equity. The funded status is measured as  the difference between the fair value of  the
plan’s assets and the benefit obligation of the plan.

The net periodic benefit cost recognized for the  years  ended September  30, 2016, 2015 and 2014,

included the following components:

Qualified Defined Benefit Pension Plan

Interest cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expected return on plan assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$

814
(1,066)

964
$
(1,186)

$ 1,125
(1,324)

Total net periodic benefit cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ (252) $ (222) $ (199)

Year ended
September 30,

2016

2015

2014

(in thousands)

94

Liquidity Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

14. Defined Benefit Pension Plan (Continued)

The following table provides a reconciliation of benefit obligations, plan assets, and  funded  status

related to the Company’s qualified defined benefit pension plan for the years ended September 30,
2016 and September 30, 2015:

Qualified Defined Benefit Pension Plan

Year ended
September 30,

2016

2015

(in thousands)

Change in benefit obligation
Beginning balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Interest cost . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Benefits paid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Actuarial loss/(gain) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foreign currency exchange rate changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$24,069
814
(1,246)
5,999
(3,315)

$27,527
964
(1,674)
(905)
(1,843)

Ending balance . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$26,321

$24,069

Qualified Defined Benefit Pension Plan

Year ended
September 30,

2016

2015

(in thousands)

Change in plan assets
Beginning balance at fair value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Actual return on plan assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Benefits paid . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Employer’s contributions . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Foreign currency exchange rate changes . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$24,537
4,831
(1,246)
1,482
(3,837)

$24,946
1,382
(1,674)
1,613
(1,730)

Ending balance at fair value . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$25,767

$24,537

(Underfunded) overfunded status of the  plan . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ (554) $

468

The accrued pension liability of $0.6 million is recorded in Other  long-term  liabilities in the
Consolidated Balance Sheet. Because the  plan is closed to new  participants, the accumulated benefit
obligation is equal to the projected benefit obligation, and totals $26.3 million and  $24.1 million  at
September 30, 2016 and September 30,  2015,  respectively.

95

Liquidity Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

14. Defined Benefit Pension Plan (Continued)

The amount recognized in other comprehensive  loss related  to  the  Company’s qualified defined
benefit pension plan, net of tax, for the year ended September  30, 2016 and September  30, 2015, is
shown in the following table:

Qualified Defined Benefit Pension Plan

Year ended
September 30,

2016

2015

(in thousands)

Accumulated OCI
Accumulated OCI at beginning of year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
New actuarial losses/(gains) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$(1,321) $ (220)
(1,101)

2,547

Accumulated OCI at end of year . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 1,226

$(1,321)

Estimated amounts to be amortized from  accumulated other  comprehensive income (loss) into net

periodic benefit cost during 2016 based  on  September 30, 2016 plan measurements  are $0. The plan
complies with the funding provisions of  the UK Pensions Act  2004 and  the Occupational  Pension
Schemes Regulations Act 2005. In fiscal  year  2017, the Company expects to contribute  $1.4 million to
the plan. In addition, the Company expects to make the  following pension plan contributions over the
next 10 years:

Plan Contributions

(in thousands)

Year ending September 30,
2017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2018 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2019 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2020 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2021 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2022 through 2026 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$1,358
1,358
340
—
—
—

$3,056

96

Liquidity Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

14. Defined Benefit Pension Plan (Continued)

Actuarial Assumptions

The actuarial assumptions used to determine the benefit obligations  at September 30, 2016 and

September 30, 2015, and to determine the net periodic (benefit) cost for  the year were as follows:

Qualified Defined Benefit Pension Plan

Discount rate . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Expected return on plan assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Increases to non-GMP pensions in payment accrued pre 4/6/97 . . . . . .
Increases to non-GMP pensions in payment accrued post 4/6/97 . . . . .
Rate of increases to deferred CPI linked  benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Rate of increases to deferred RPI linked benefits . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

2016

2015

2.30% 3.70%
3.20% 4.60%
0.00% 0.00%
2.00% 1.90%
2.00% 1.90%
3.10% 3.00%

Mortality—100% for males and 105% for females of S2PxA ‘‘light’’ tables, projected in line with

2014 CMI projection model and 1.5% pa long-term  rate  of improvement.

Estimated Future  Benefit Payments

The Company’s pension plan expects to make the  following  benefit payments to participants over

the next 10 years:

Pension Benefits

(in thousands)

Year ending September 30,
2017 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2018 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2019 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2020 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2021 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2022 through 2026 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Total

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 859
704
722
748
651
4,119

$7,803

Fair  Value Measurements

The investment policy and strategy of  the plan  assets, as established by  the Trustees  of the plan,
strive to maximize the likelihood of achieving primary objectives of  the investment policy established
for the plan. The primary objectives are:

1) Funding—to ensure that the Plan is  fully funded using assumptions that contain a  modest

margin for prudence. Where an actuarial valuation  reveals a  deficit, a recovery  plan will be
put in place which will take into account the financial  covenant of the employer;

2)

Stability—to have due regard to the likely  level and volatility of  required contributions  when
setting the Plan’s investment strategy; and

97

Liquidity Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

14. Defined Benefit Pension Plan (Continued)

3)

Security—to ensure that the solvency  position  of  the  Plan  is expected  to  improve. The
Trustees will take into account the strength  of  employer’s covenant when determining the
expected improvement in the solvency position of the Plan.

The assets are allocated among equity investments and fixed  income  securities. The  assets are not
rebalanced but the allocation between equities and bonds is reviewed on a  periodic  basis to ensure that
the investments are appropriate to the  Scheme’s circumstances. The Trustees review the  investment
policy on an ongoing basis, to determine whether  a  change in the policy or asset allocation targets is
necessary. The assets consisted of the  following as of September 30, 2016:

Equity securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fixed-income securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

Actual
2016

39.1%
58.8%
2.1%

Total

. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

100.0%

The class of equity securities consists of  one  pooled fund whose  strategy is to invest in

approximately 70% UK company shares  (domestic) and 30% international equity securities. The class
of fixed-income securities consists of  one pooled fund whose strategy  is to invest in  a limited number  of
government and corporate bonds.

The expected long-term rate of return for the plan’s total assets is  based on the expected returns

of each of the above categories, weighted based on the  current target  allocation for  each  class. The
Trustees evaluate whether adjustments are needed based on  historical returns to more accurately reflect
expectations of future returns.

The Company is required to present certain  fair value disclosures related to its postretirement
benefit plan assets, even though those assets are not included on  the Company’s Consolidated  Balance
Sheets. The following table presents  the fair value of the assets  of  the Company’s qualified defined
benefit pension plan by asset category and their level within  the fair value hierarchy, which  has three
levels based on reliability of the inputs used to determine fair  value. Level 1 refers  to  fair values
determined based on quoted prices in active  markets for  identical  assets, Level 2  refers to fair values
estimated using significant other observable  inputs,  and  Level 3 includes fair  values  estimated  using
significant unobservable inputs.

Balance as of September 30, 2015

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

Equity securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fixed-income securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ — $ 9,692
— 14,477
—
368

$— $ 9,692
14,477
368

—
—

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$368

$24,169

$— $24,537

(in thousands)

98

Liquidity Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

14. Defined Benefit Pension Plan (Continued)

Balance as of September 30, 2016

Level 1

Level 2

Level 3

Total

Equity securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Fixed-income securities . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Cash equivalents . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ — $10,087
— 15,149
—
531

$— $10,087
15,149
531

—
—

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$531

$25,236

$— $25,767

(in thousands)

Valuation Techniques

The Company relies on pricing inputs  from investment fund  managers  to  value investments. The

fund manager prices the underlying securities  using independent external  pricing  sources.

15. Guarantees

During  the second quarter of 2015, the Company issued a  guarantee  to  GoIndustry  (the

‘‘Subsidiary’’) and the Trustees (the ‘‘Trustees’’) of  the Scheme. Under the  arrangement, the Company
irrevocably and unconditionally (a) guarantees to the Trustees punctual performance by the  Subsidiary
of all its  Guaranteed Obligations, defined as all present and future  obligations and liabilities (whether
actual or contingent and whether owed  jointly  or severally in any  capacity whatsoever)  of the Company
to make payments to the Scheme up  to  a  maximum of  10 million British pounds,  (b) undertakes with
the Trustees that, whenever the Subsidiary does  not  pay  any amount  when due in  respect of its
Guaranteed Obligations, it must immediately on demand by the Trustees pay that amount as  if it were
the principal obligor; and (c) indemnifies the Trustees as  an independent  and primary obligation
immediately on demand against any cost,  charge,  expense, loss  or liability suffered or  incurred by the
Trustees if any payment obligation guaranteed by it  is or becomes unenforceable, invalid or  illegal; the
amount of the cost, charge, expense,  loss  or liability under  this indemnity will be equal to the  amount
the Trustees would otherwise have been entitled  to  recover  on the  basis of a  guarantee. The guarantee
is a continuing guarantee that will extend  to  the ultimate  balance  of  all sums  payable by the Company
in respect of its Guaranteed Obligations.

16. Business Realignment Expenses

On October 1, 2014, the Company announced  that it had realigned its  workforce  in response to
the new terms and scope of its DoD  (third)  Surplus Contract  for non-rolling stock  and to adjust for the
efficiencies realized in its commercial business through ongoing integration  efforts to support the future
vision  and growth of the Company. The business realignment included  employee reductions across  the
organization. Business realignment expenses during the fiscal year  ended September 30,  2014, included
costs of $1.8 million in employee severance and benefit costs.  In September 2015, the  Company
evaluated its business realignment effort which resulted  in a net  increase of $0.3  million in accrued
expense primarily due to timing changes in commencement  of  the third DoD Surplus Contract and the
delay in the wind-down of the NESA business.

99

Liquidity Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

16. Business Realignment Expenses (Continued)

The table below sets forth the significant components  and activity in the  business  realignment

initiatives during the fiscal year ended  September 30, 2016.

(in thousands)

Liability
Balance at
September 30,
2015

Business
Realignment
Expenses

Cash
Payments

Liability
Balance at
September 30,
2016

Employee severance and benefit
costs for fiscal 2014 accrual
Employee severance and benefit
costs for  fiscal  2015 accrual

. . .

. . .

Total . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$356

489

$845

$ (21)

$(335)

(80)

$(101)

(409)

$(744)

$—

—

$—

The business realignment expenses are  recorded  in costs  and expenses from operations in  the
Consolidated Statement of Operations, and  in accrued  expenses and  other current  liabilities  on the
accompanying Consolidated Balance  Sheets as  of September 30,  2015 and 2016.

17. Termination of the Wal-Mart Agreement

As a result of the acquisition of Jacobs Trading Company  on October 1, 2011,  the Company

assumed the rights and obligations of  Jacobs  Trading Company under Seller’s  Master Merchandise
Salvage Contract (the ‘‘Wal-Mart Agreement’’)  dated  May  13, 2011. On  December 1,  2014, Wal-Mart
provided the Company written notice  (the  ‘‘Termination Notice’’) terminating the  Wal-Mart  Agreement
effective December 8, 2014. As a result of settlement  negotiations following the delivery of  the
Termination Notice, both parties agreed to a settlement  including a mutual release of their respective
claims, and Wal-Mart agreed to pay $7.5 million  in damages to the Company. The  payment was
received from Wal-Mart in February  2015.

18. Business Disposition

On September 30, 2015, the Company sold certain assets  related to the  Jacobs Trading  Company

to Tanager Acquisitions, LLC (the ‘‘Buyer’’). In connection  with the disposition, the Buyer  assumed
certain liabilities related to the Jacobs Trading Company.  The Buyer issued  the Company a  five-year
interest bearing promissory note in the amount of  $12.3 million.  Of  the $12.3 million, $11.3 million  is
recorded  in Other assets, and $1 million  in prepaid expenses and other current assets as of
September 30, 2016. As a result of the  disposition, during  the three months ended September  30, 2015,
the Company recorded a loss on the  disposition of $8.0 million, determined  as follows (in thousands):

Carrying value of net assets disposed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Carrying value of net liabilities disposed . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 22,920
(2,707)

Buyer issued note . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

20,213
(12,250)

Loss on sale of assets . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

$ 7,963

100

Liquidity Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

19. Legal Proceedings

Howard v. Liquidity Services, Inc., et al., Civ. No. 14-1183 (D. D. C. 2014).

On July 14, 2014, Leonard Howard filed a putative class  action complaint in the  United States
District  Court for the District of Columbia (the ‘‘District  Court’’) against the Company  and its chief
executive officer, chief financial officer, and chief  accounting officer,  on behalf of stockholders who
purchased the Company’s common stock between  February 1, 2012, and May 7, 2014. The  complaint
alleges that defendants violated Sections 10(b) and 20(a) of the  Securities  Exchange Act of 1934 by,
among other things, misrepresenting the Company’s growth initiative, growth potential,  and financial
and operating conditions, thereby artificially inflating its share price,  and  seeks  unspecified
compensatory damages and costs and expenses, including attorneys’ and experts’ fees. On October 14,
2014, the Court appointed Caisse de  D´epˆot et Placement du Qu´ebec and  the Newport News
Employees’ Retirement Fund as co-lead  plaintiffs. The  plaintiffs filed an amended complaint on
December 15, 2014, which alleges substantially similar claims  but  which does  not  name the chief
accounting officer as a defendant. On  March 2, 2015, the  Company moved to dismiss the amended
complaint for failure to state a claim  or plead fraud with  the requisite  particularity. On  March 31, 2016,
the Court granted that motion in part  and denied it in part. On  May 16, 2016, the Company answered
the amended complaint. Pursuant to the scheduling order in this action, document production  shall be
substantially complete by January 13,  2017, class certification shall be fully briefed by May 2, 2017,  all
fact discovery shall be completed by  August 31, 2017,  and expert discovery  shall be completed  by
February 23, 2018.

The Company believes the allegations in the amended complaint  are without merit and cannot

estimate a range of potential liability,  if  any,  at this time.

Billard v. Angrick, et al., Civ. No. 16-1612-BAH (D. D. C. 2016) and Slingerland v. Angrick, et al.,

Civ. No. 16-1725-BAH (D. D. C. 2016).

Two of the Company’s stockholders filed  putative derivative  actions on behalf  of the Company

against certain individuals who served on  the Company’s Board  of  Directors or as members of its
management between 2012 and 2014. The cases  are pending  in the District Court.

On June 8, 2016, Harold Slingerland  filed a putative derivative complaint in the Superior Court  for
the District of Columbia (the ‘‘Superior  Court’’),  purportedly  on behalf of  the Company against certain
individuals who served on the Company’s  Board of Directors or as members of the  Company’s
management between February 1, 2012,  and May 7,  2014. The complaint asserted that, among other
things, the defendants breached their fiduciary duties to the Company  and its stockholders by
supposedly causing or allowing the Company to make the same misstatements  that  are alleged  in the
putative class action complaint and exposing the Company to potentially  significant costs and  expenses
in connection with defending that action.  The complaint sought  monetary  damages from  the defendants
other than the Company, changes to the Company’s corporate governance,  disgorgement of any profits,
benefits, or other compensation obtained by the  director defendants, and an award of attorneys’ fees,
costs, and expenses for plaintiff’s counsel.  The plaintiff in  this putative derivative action never  served
his complaint and, on August 3, 2016, the  action was voluntarily dismissed.

On August 8, 2016, Thomas Billard filed a  putative  derivative complaint in  the District Court,
which  challenges conduct similar to that challenged in the Slingerland complaint filed in the Superior
Court, and which asserts claims against the Company’s Board and certain former Board members and
members of management. The Billard complaint asserts derivative  claims for  breach of  fiduciary, waste,

101

Liquidity Services, Inc. and Subsidiaries

Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements (Continued)

19. Legal Proceedings (Continued)

unjust enrichment, and insider trading. On August 24,  2016, the  District Court entered a  briefing
schedule pursuant to which the defendants shall  move to dismiss the  Billard  complaint  solely on forum
non conveniens grounds based on a Delaware forum selection clause contained in the  Company’s
bylaws, without prejudice to any other grounds for dismissal  under Federal Rules of  Civil Procedure
12(b) or 23.1. This motion is fully briefed and awaiting decision.

On August 25, 2016, the Slingerland  plaintiff filed a putative derivative complaint in the District

Court that alleges substantially the same  claims as raised in the Billard  derivative complaint. On
October 21, 2016, the Court entered  an order staying the defendants’ obligation  to  respond to this
complaint to and including January 19,  2017.

On September 23, 2016, the plaintiffs and defendants in  the Billard and Slingerland actions filed a

proposed stipulation and order that would  consolidate the two actions into  a ‘‘Consolidated Action’’
and that provides that defendants’ motion to dismiss the  Billard complaint  on forum non conveniens
grounds is deemed to have been made in the Consolidated Action.  The  proposed stipulation  and order
further provides that if defendants’ motion to dismiss on forum non conveniens grounds is denied, the
parties to the Consolidated Action shall  submit a proposed order  setting forth  a deadline for  the filing
of a consolidated complaint and subsequent motions and  deadline.

The Company believes the allegations in  both  complaints are  without merit and cannot estimate a

range of potential liability, if any, at this time.

20. Quarterly Results (Unaudited)

The following table sets forth for the eight most  recent quarters the selected unaudited quarterly

consolidated statement of operations  data. The unaudited quarterly  consolidated  statement  of
operations data has been prepared on  the same  basis as  the Company’s audited consolidated financial
statements and, in the opinion of management, includes  all adjustments,  consisting  only  of  normal
recurring adjustments, necessary for  the fair presentation of this data.

Dec. 31,
2014

Mar. 31,
2015

June 30,
2015

Sept. 30,
2015

Dec. 31,
2015

Mar. 31,
2016

June 30,
2016

Sept. 30,
2016

(in thousands, except share and per share  data)

Three months ended

Revenue  from

operations . . . . . . . . $

125,143 $

102,943 $

89,746 $

79,293 $

65,875 $

86,878 $

85,188 $

78,513

(Loss) income  before

provision for income
taxes from  operations . $

Net (loss) income from

(84,996) $

3,811 $

(6) $

(63,024) $

(7,351) $

(1,117) $

(141) $

(24,291)

operations . . . . . . . . $

(64,116) $

1,381 $

1,615 $

(43,695) $

(5,197) $

(850) $

(124) $

(53,755)

Basic (loss) earnings per

common share . . . . . $

(2.14) $

0.05 $

0.05 $

(1.46) $

(0.17) $

(0.03) $

(0.00) $

(1.75)

Diluted (loss) earnings

per common  share . . . $

(2.14) $

0.05 $

0.05 $

(1.46) $

(0.17) $

(0.03) $

(0.00) $

(1.75)

Basic weighted average

shares outstanding . . .

29,926,273

29,988,324

30,011,121

30,026,223

30,490,670

30,594,940

30,726,554

30,740,977

Diluted weighted
average shares
outstanding . . . . . . .

29,926,273

29,988,324

30,011,121

30,026,223

30,490,670

30,594,940

30,726,554

30,740,977

102

LIQUIDITY SERVICES, INC.
SCHEDULE II—VALUATION AND QUALIFYING ACCOUNTS
(dollars in thousands)

Balance at
beginning
of period

Charged
(credited) to
expense

Reductions

Balance at
end  of
period

Deferred tax valuation allowance (deducted from net

deferred tax assets)

Year ended September 30, 2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Year ended September 30, 2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Year ended September 30, 2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Allowance for doubtful accounts (deducted from

accounts receivable)

Year ended September 30, 2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Year ended September 30, 2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Year ended September 30, 2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Inventory allowance (deducted from  inventory)
Year ended September 30, 2014 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Year ended September 30, 2015 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
Year ended September 30, 2016 . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .

5,424
7,216
8,474

891
1,042
471

1,452
1,723
770

1,792
1,258
35,783

240
1,243
247

271
(575)
2,709

—
—
—

7,216
8,474
44,257

89
1,814
—

—
378
33

1,042
471
718

1,723
770
3,446

103

Exhibit No.

3.1

3.2

4.1

10.1

10.1.2

10.2

10.3

EXHIBIT INDEX

Description

Fourth Amended and Restated Certificate of Incorporation, incorporated  herein  by
reference to Exhibit 3.1 to Amendment No. 2  to  the Company’s Registration  Statement on
Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-129656), filed  with the SEC  on January 17, 2006.

Amended and Restated Bylaws, incorporated  herein  by reference to Exhibit 3.2  to  the
Company’s Quarterly Report on Form  10-Q, filed with  the SEC on August 4, 2016.

Form of Certificate of Common  Stock  of the  Company, incorporated  herein  by  reference to
Exhibit 4.1 to Amendment No. 5 to the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1
(Registration No. 333-129656), filed with the  SEC on  February 21, 2006.

Executive Employment Agreement, dated January 27,  2005, between the Company  and
James M. Rallo, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.6.1 to Amendment No.  3 to
the Company’s Registration Statement on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-129656), filed
with the SEC on February 1, 2006.#

Amendment to Executive Employment Agreement between the Company and
James M. Rallo, dated January 25, 2006, incorporated herein  by reference to Exhibit 10.6.2
to Amendment No. 3 to the Company’s Registration Statement  on Form  S-1 (Registration
No. 333-129656), filed with the SEC on  February 1, 2006.#

Form of Indemnification Agreement for directors and  officers, incorporated  herein  by
reference to Exhibit 10.11 to Amendment No. 3  to  the Company’s Registration Statement
on Form S-1 (Registration No. 333-129656),  filed with the SEC on February  1, 2006.#

Executive Employment Agreement, dated as  of  January 2, 2013,  by and between the
Company and Leoncio Casusol, incorporated herein by  reference  to  Exhibit 10.1 to the
Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed  with the SEC  on February  4, 2013.#

10.3.1

Amendment to Executive Employment Agreement between the Company and  Leoncio
Casusol, dated as of June 13, 2016, incorporated  herein  by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the
Company’s Current Report on Form 8-K, filed  with the SEC  on June 17,  2016.#

10.4

10.5

10.6

10.6.1

10.7

Amended and Restated Executive Employment Agreement, dated October  1, 2014, by and
between the Company and Thomas B. Burton,  incorporated herein  by reference to
Exhibit 10.32 to the Company’s Annual Report filed with  the SEC on November 21, 2014.#

Liquidity Services, Inc. Amended  and  Restated 2006 Omnibus Long-Term Incentive Plan,
incorporated by reference to Appendix A to the Company’s Definitive Proxy  Statement on
Schedule 14A, filed with the SEC on January 26, 2015.#

Form of Notice of Stock Option Grant under 2006 Omnibus Long  Term Incentive Plan,
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 99.1 to the Company’s Current Report on
Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on April  4, 2006.#

Form of Notice of Restricted Stock Grant, under 2006 Omnibus Long Term  Incentive  Plan,
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.27 to the Company’s Annual Report on
Form 10-K filed with the SEC on December 8,  2008.#

Surplus Usable Property Sales Contract (Sales Contract Number 08-0001-0001)  between
Liquidity Services, Inc. and the Defense Reutilization  and Marketing  Service of the U.S.
Department of Defense, incorporated herein by  reference  to  Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s
Current Report on Form 8-K filed with the SEC  on August 6, 2008.

104

Exhibit No.

10.7.1

10.7.2

10.7.3

10.7.4

10.8

10.9

10.9.1

10.10

10.10.1

10.11

10.12

Description

Supplemental Agreement 1 (Sales Contract  Number  08-0001-0001), incorporated herein by
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report  on Form 8-K filed with  the
SEC on February 5, 2009.

Supplemental Agreement No. 6  relating to Surplus  Usable Property Sales  Contract (Sales
Contract Number 08-0001-0001) between Liquidity Services,  Inc. and the Defense
Reutilization and Marketing Service of the U.S. Department of  Defense, incorporated
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the  Company’s  Current Report on  Form 8-K filed
with the SEC on September 17, 2012.

Supplemental Agreement No. 8,  dated January 17, 2014,  relating  to  the modification of
Surplus Usable Property Sales Contract (Sales  Contract Number 08-0001-0001), as
amended, between the Company and DLA Disposition Services, incorporated  herein  by
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report  on Form 8-K, filed with  the
SEC on January 21, 2014.

Notice of Award, Statement, and Release Document, dated January  17, 2014, relating to
Surplus Usable Property Sales Contract (Sales  Contract Number 08-0001-0001), as
amended, between the Company and DLA Disposition Services, incorporated  herein  by
reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report  on Form 8-K, filed with  the
SEC on January 21, 2014.

Shareholders’ Agreement dated as  of  September 1, 2011 among Liquidity  Services, Inc.,
Jacobs Trading, LLC, WGD, Inc., Irwin  L.  Jacobs  and Howard  Grodnick,  incorporated
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the  Company’s  Current Report on  Form 8-K, filed
with the SEC on September 1, 2011.

Executive Employment Agreement, dated September 10,  2014, by  and between  the
Company and Gardner Dudley, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.33  to  the
Company’s Annual Report filed with the SEC on November 21, 2014.#

Amendment to Executive Employment Agreement between the Company and
Gardner H. Dudley, dated as of June  13, 2016, incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit 10.3 to the Company’s Current  Report  on Form 8-K, filed  with the  SEC on
June 17, 2016.#

Notice of Award, Statement, and Release Document, dated February 13,  2015, relating  to
the Surplus Contract between the Company and  the Defense Logistics Agency Disposition
Services of the U.S. Department of Defense, incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current  Report  on Form 8-K, filed  with the  SEC on
February 17, 2015.

Supplemental Agreement No. 1  to  Mutual Agreement for Contract  (15-0001-0001) dated
February 13, 2015, relating to the Surplus Contract between  the Company and the Defense
Logistics Agency Disposition Services of the U.S.  Department of Defense, incorporated
herein by reference to Exhibit 10.2 to the  Company’s  Current Report on  Form 8-K, filed
with the SEC on July 21, 2015.

Notice of Award, Statement and Release Document (Contract Number  15-5601-0001) dated
June 8, 2015 issued by DLA Disposition Services, incorporated herein by reference to
Exhibit 10.2 to the Company’s Current  Report  on Form 8-K, filed  with the  SEC on  June  9,
2015.

Executive Employment Agreement dated July 20,  2015 by and between the Company  and
Jorge Celaya, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s  Current
Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on  July 23, 2015.#

105

Exhibit No.

10.13

Executive Employment Agreement between the Company and William P.  Angrick, dated as
of June 13, 2016, incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit  10.1 to the Company’s
Current Report on Form 8-K, filed with the SEC  on June 17,  2016.#

Description

10.14

Executive Employment Agreement by  and between the  Company and Mark A. Shaffer,
incorporated herein by reference to Exhibit 10.1 to the Company’s Current Report on
Form 8-K, filed with the SEC on July  13, 2016.#

21.1

23.1

24.1

31.1

31.2

31.3

32.1

32.2

32.3

101

List of Subsidiaries.

Consent of Ernst & Young LLP.

Power of Attorney (included on signature page).

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant  to Section  302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
of 2002.

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 302 of the  Sarbanes-Oxley Act
of 2002.

Certification of Chief Accounting Officer pursuant to Section  302 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act of 2002.

Certification of Chief Executive Officer pursuant  to Section  906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley Act
of 2002.

Certification of Chief Financial Officer pursuant to Section 906 of the  Sarbanes-Oxley Act
of 2002.

Certification of Chief Accounting Officer pursuant to Section  906 of the Sarbanes-Oxley
Act of 2002.

The following materials from  the Registrant’s Annual Report  on Form 10-K  for the  year
ended September 30, 2016, formatted in Extensible Business Reporting  Language (XBRL):
(i) Consolidated Balance Sheets as of September  30, 2016 and 2015,  (ii) Consolidated
Statements of Operations for each of the three  years  in the  period  ended  September 30,
2016, (iii) Consolidated Statements of Comprehensive  (Loss) Income for each of the  three
years in the period ended September  30, 2016, (iv) Consolidated Statements of Changes  in
Stockholders’ Equity for each of the three years in the period ended  September 30, 2016,
(v) Consolidated Statements of Cash Flows for each of the three  years  in the  period ended
September 30, 2016, and (vi) Notes to Consolidated Financial Statements.

# Designates management or compensation plans.

106

Pursuant to the requirements of Section  13  or 15(d) of the Securities Exchange Act  of 1934, the

registrant has duly caused this report to be signed on its  behalf  by the undersigned,  thereunto duly
authorized on November 21, 2016.

SIGNATURES

LIQUIDITY SERVICES, INC.

By: /s/ WILLIAM P. ANGRICK, III

William P. Angrick, III
Chairman of the Board of Directors
and Chief Executive Officer

We, the undersigned directors and officers of Liquidity Services, Inc., hereby  severally constitute
William P. Angrick, III and Mark A. Shaffer, and  each of them  singly, our true and  lawful  attorneys
with full power to  them and each of  them to sign  for us,  in our  names in  the capacities indicated
below, any and all amendments to this Annual Report on Form 10-K filed with the  Securities  and
Exchange Commission.

Pursuant to the requirements of the Securities Act of 1934, this report  has been signed below by

the following persons on behalf of the registrant and  in the capacities indicated on November 21, 2016.

Signature

Title

/s/ WILLIAM P. ANGRICK, III

William P. Angrick, III

Chairman of the Board of  Directors and Chief
Executive Officer (Principal Executive  Officer)

/s/ JORGE A. CELAYA

Jorge A. Celaya

/s/ MICHAEL SWEENEY

Michael  Sweeney

/s/ PHILLIP A. CLOUGH

Phillip A. Clough

/s/ GEORGE H. ELLIS

George  H. Ellis

/s/ PATRICK W. GROSS

Patrick W. Gross

/s/ BEATRIZ V. INFANTE

Beatriz V. Infante

Executive Vice President and Chief Financial Officer
(Principal Financial Officer)

Vice President and Chief Accounting Officer (Principal
Accounting Officer)

Director

Director

Director

Director

/s/ EDWARD J. KOLODZIESKI

Director

Edward Kolodzieski

/s/ JAIME MATEUS-TIQUE

Jaime Mateus-Tique

Director

107

(This page has been left blank intentionally.)

(This page has been left blank intentionally.)

(This page has been left blank intentionally.)

A LETTER TO SHAREHOLDERS

Fellow shareholders:

Our business was founded to transform the underserved reverse supply chain market and create 

value for all constituencies – sellers, buyers, and our planet – by enabling the world to better 

manage surplus assets with transparency, compliance, and convenience. By making it easy for end 

users, entrepreneurs, and small businesses to securely connect with the millions of surplus and idle 

assets residing in the world’s supply chains, everybody wins.

Another rewarding aspect of our business is its positive 

Our Strategy

impact on the environment. In April we celebrated  

Earth Day’s 46th anniversary by recognizing how our 

global online marketplaces play a critical role in zero-

waste initiatives. This year we eclipsed the cumulative 

sale of over 3 billion pounds of scrap material, diverting 

material that might have otherwise been destined  

for landfills. 

Indeed, our use of technology, robust marketplaces, 

valuation data, and integrated services has allowed our 

team to advance our mission and develop the leading 

reverse supply solution. Our tagline “A Better Future for 

Surplus” reinforces our purpose and in this Annual Report 

we celebrate how we are providing meaningful solutions 

to diverse clients across the $130 billion global reverse 

supply chain market. 

With 3 million registered buyers, a large and growing 

roster of blue-chip clients, and over $6 billion in gross 

merchandise volume (GMV) sold, Liquidity Services is the 

unrivaled leader in the reverse supply chain market, with 

unmatched expertise to intelligently manage, value, and 

sell assets. The breadth and liquidity of our marketplace 

was on display during FY16:

•  On behalf of over 9,000 clients we completed 574,000 

transactions totaling $642 million in GMV. 

We are well positioned to serve any seller for virtually any 

asset type across every major industry sector. To further 

capture this large addressable market, we are focused 

on growing the size and scale of our global e-commerce 

solution to better serve and create enhanced value for 

retailers, manufacturers, and government agencies with 

the following key priorities:

•  Grow the volume transacted on our e-commerce 

platform in our core industry verticals with both large 

Global 5000 and small and middle market organizations;

•  Grow our market share by providing flexible service 

offerings and pricing models suited to individual  

client needs;

•  Provide full asset lifecycle solutions to leverage our 

marketplaces from initial purchase of new assets to 

final disposition of used assets;

•  Expand our ecosystem of partners who capture value 

by leveraging our e-commerce platform, buyer liquidity, 

and data; and

•  Execute our LiquidityOne transformation program 

to enable new functionality and greater efficiencies 

through the development of our new e-commerce 

platform, financial systems, and back office 

•  Assets sold spanned approximately 500 individual 

asset categories in many key industry verticals, 

including: Energy, Government, Industrial, Retail, and 

Transportation.

infrastructure. 

FY16 Results

•  Sales took place from client locations across  

North America, Africa, Asia, Australia, Europe, and  

South America.

•  Buyers hailed from around the globe and purchased 

assets in new, used, salvage, and scrap conditions. 

Our results for fiscal year 2016, while disappointing 

due to the impact of lower commodity prices and the 

transitioning of selected retail and Department of Defense 

(DoD) contracts, reflected our commitment to invest in 

our long-term strategy by expanding our service offerings, 

positioning our commercial marketplaces for accelerated 

growth, and focusing on our seller and buyer experience 

CORPORATE INFORMATION

Executive Officers

William P. Angrick, III
CEO and Chairman of the Board  
of Directors

Jorge Celaya
Executive Vice President and  
Chief Financial Officer

Leoncio Casusol
Chief Information Officer

Michael Sweeney 
Chief Accounting Officer

Board of Directors 

William P. Angrick, III
Chairman of the Board

Phillip A. Clough
Director

George H. Ellis
Director 

Patrick W. Gross
Lead Director 

Beatriz Infante
Director

Edward J. Kolodzieski 
Director

Jaime Mateus-Tique
Director

James M. Rallo
President, Retail Supply  
Chain Group

Gardner Dudley
President, Capital Assets Group

Additional 
Information 

Roger Gravley
President, GovDeals

Mark Shaffer 
VP, General Counsel and  
Corporate Secretary

Mike Lutz
Vice President,  
Human Resources

INVESTOR RELATIONS

Julie Davis 
Senior Director of  
Investor Relations 
Phone: 202.558.6234 
julie.davis@liquidityservices.com

STOCK TRANSFER AGENT

Computershare Trust 
Company, N.A. 
PO Box 43010 
Providence, RI 02940-3010 
Phone: 781.575.4238 
www.computershare.com

CORPORATE SECRETARY

Mark Shaffer 
VP, General Counsel and  
Corporate Secretary

INDEPENDENT 
REGISTERED PUBLIC 
ACCOUNTING FIRM

Ernst & Young LLP 
8484 Westpark Drive 
McLean, VA, 22102 
Phone: 703.747.1000

Liquidity Services provides clients with global coverage for their 

reverse supply chain needs. With 44 locations in 19 countries and 

buyers in nearly 200 countries and territories, we can manage, value, 

and sell your surplus assets virtually anywhere in the world.

2016 

Annual Report

Building a Better 

Future for Surplus

United States
Anaheim, CA 
Atlanta, GA (2)
East  Brunswick, NJ
Fontana, CA 
Fort Worth, TX 
Frisco, TX 
Garland, TX 
Groveport, OH 
Hayward, CA 
Houston, TX 
Lockbourne, OH 
Montgomery, AL 
Nashville, TN  

New Castle, DE 
North Las Vegas, NV 
North Wilkesboro, NC
Oklahoma City, OK 
Owings Mills, MD 
Plainfield, IN 
Scottsdale, AZ 
Washington, DC

Argentina*
Buenos Aires

Australia
Victoria

Canada
Brampton, ON 

China
Hong Kong
Shanghai

Colombia*
Bogota

Costa Rica*
Heredia 

*Locations of committed strategic partners

Ecuador*
Quito

France
Vanves

Germany
Munich

Ireland*
Dublin

 Malaysia
Kuala Lumpur

Peru*
Surco

South Korea*
Seoul

Philippines
Muntinlupa City

Spain
Barcelona

Singapore
Singapore

South Africa*
Cape Town
Johannesburg

United Kingdom
Birmingham
Leeds
London

About Liquidity Services
Liquidity Services (NASDAQ: LQDT) works with clients to ensure surplus is intelligently transformed from a burden into a 
liquid opportunity that fuels the achievement of strategic goals. Our superior service, unmatched scale, and ability to deliver 
results enable us to forge trusted, long-term relationships with over 9,000 clients, including Fortune 1000 and Global 500 
organizations as well as government agencies. With over $6 billion in completed transactions, 3 million registered buyers, 
and reach into almost 200 countries and territories, we are the proven market leader in delivering smart surplus solutions.

North America: 844.704.0367 

Info@LiquidityServices.com

Europe: 800.2007.0312 

Asia Pacific: 800.1408.1960

LS0278_0117

LiquidityServices.com